Owners Manual - Dealer E

06 04.25
SECTION
1- 1
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrument cluster overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
1
06 04.25
Instrument panel overview
Bench seat
1. Side vents
2. Instrument cluster
3. Center vents
4. Glove box
5. Automatic transmission selector lever
or manual transmission gear shift lever
6. Cup holders
7. Tire pressure
switch
warning
system
8. Auxiliary box
9. Hood lock release lever
LS11001b
10. Parking brake pedal
(automatic transmission)
2
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
reset
06 04.25
Separate seats with automatic transmission
1. Side vents
2. Instrument cluster
3. Center vents
4. Garage door opener box or accessory
meter
5. Personal lights
6. Auxiliary boxes
7. Power door lock switches
8. Power window switches
9. Glove box
10. Automatic transmission selector lever
LS11002b
11. Rear console box
12. Bottle holders
13. Cup holders
14. Tire pressure
switch
warning
system
reset
15. Hood lock release lever
16. Parking brake pedal
17. Window lock switch
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3
06 04.25
Separate seats with manual transmission
1. Side vents
2. Instrument cluster
3. Center vents
4. Garage door opener box or accessory
meter
5. Personal lights
6. Auxiliary boxes
7. Power door lock switches
8. Power window switches
9. Glove box
10. Rear console box
LS11003b
11. Bottle holders
12. Cup holders
13. Manual transmission gear shift lever
14. Tire pressure
switch
warning
system
15. Hood lock release lever
16. Window lock switch
4
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
reset
06 04.25
1. Front fog light switch
2. Rear differential lock switch or “AUTO
LSD” switch
3. Power outlet main switch
4. Instrument panel light control dial
5. Headlight and turn signal switches
6. Audio remote control switches
7. Wiper and washer switches
8. Front drive control switch knob
9. Audio system
10. Clock
LS11004a
11. Engine immobilizer system indicator
light
12. Front passenger’s seat belt reminder
light
13. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator lights or passenger airbag onoff indicator lights
14. Passenger airbag off switch
15. Air conditioning controls
16. Power outlet
17. Emergency flasher switch
18. Cigarette lighter
19. Parking brake lever (manual
transmission)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5
06 04.25
20. Cruise control switch
21. Ignition switch
22. Clutch start cancel switch
23. “DAC” switch
24. Power rear view mirror control switches
6
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Instrument cluster overview
LS11005a
7. Trip meter reset knob
2. Speedometer
4. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights
3. Odometer and two trip meters
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge
1. Tachometer
8. Shift position indicator lights (automatic
transmission)
6. Fuel gauge
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7
06 04.25
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel
Brake system warning light∗1
or
Anti- lock brake system warning light∗1
Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1
Vehicle stability control system warning
light∗1
Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light or passenger airbag on- off
indicator light
Traction control system warning light∗1
“AUTO LSD” system warning light∗1
Downhill assist control system warning
Charging system warning light∗1
light∗1
Hill- start
Low engine oil pressure warning
light∗1
light∗1
assist
control
Malfunction indicator lamp∗1
Open door warning light∗1
Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1
(for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
SRS warning light∗1
8
system
warning
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Low tire pressure warning light∗1
Low speed four- wheel drive indicator light∗3
Automatic transmission fluid temperature
warning light∗1
Rear differential lock indicator light∗4
Engine immobilizer system indicator light∗1
Slip indicator light
Headlight low beam indicator light
Vehicle stability control system off indicator light
Tail light indicator light
Downhill assist control system indicator light
Headlight high beam indicator light
“AUTO LSD” indicator light
Turn signal indicator lights
Cruise control indicator light∗2
Automatic transmission indicator lights
(5- speed)
Automatic transmission indicator lights
(4- speed)
Four- wheel drive indicator light∗3
∗1 :
∗2 :
∗3 :
∗4 :
For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” on page 151 in Section 1- 6.
If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 199 in
Section 1- 7.
If this light flashes, see “Four- wheel drive system” on page
175 in Section 1- 7.
If this light flashes, see “Rear differential lock system” on
page 191 in Section 1- 7.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9
06 04.25
10
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
1- 10
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Accessory meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Garage door opener box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flashlight holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatback table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo net hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grocery bag hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deck hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deck rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
242
247
247
247
252
252
255
257
257
259
260
260
261
261
262
262
262
265
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
241
06 04.25
Accessory meter—
—Before using the accessory
meter
Operate the accessory meter with the
ignition switch on.
LS10034
When the ignition switch is turned to
“ON”, the last previously used mode displayed just before the ignition switch is
turned off will appear.
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the display
will be reduced.
“E/M” button
This button is used to switch between
English/U.S. Customary System and
metric units of the outside temperature
display.
Every time you push this button, the display toggles through the following information.
1. Compass and outside temperature (F)
2. Compass and outside temperature (C)
3. Display off (no compass)
The display variations are as follows;
1. “E/M” button
Indication
2. Compass
3. Outside temperature display
English/U.S.
System (E)
Outside
temperature
Customary
Metric (M)
F
C
The initial mode will be English/U.S. Customary System units, however, if the unit
is switched to metric and the ignition
switch is off, it will display metric units
when the ignition switch is turned to “ON”.
242
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Outside temperature display
—Compass
The compass may not show the correct
direction in the following conditions:
The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
The compass does not adjust while the
LS10035
LS10036
vehicle is stopped.
The ignition switch is turned off immediately after turning.
The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
The vehicle is in a place where the
The outside temperature display indicates the outside air temperature. The
displayed value is updated.
To set the unit, push the “E/M” button
until the desired unit display appears.
The displayed temperature ranges from
- 30C (- 22F) up to 50C (122F).
If an abnormality exists in the connection
of the outside air temperature sensor,
“- - C” (“- - F”) will appear on the display.
If “- - C” (“- - F”) appears on the display,
contact your Toyota dealer.
There may be a case that “- - C” (“- - F”)
appears momentarily when the ignition is
quickly turned to “ON”. It is normal if it
goes out soon.
The compass indicates the direction
that the vehicle is heading. In the
above case, it shows that the vehicle is
heading west.
The direction display is updated every 2
seconds.
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).
The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a
magnet or a metal object on or near
the roof.)
Displays
Directions
The battery has been disconnected.
N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW
North
Northeast
East
Southeast
South
Southwest
West
Northwest
If the deviation is small, the compass
works to calibrate the direction automatically while the vehicle is in motion.
For additional precision or for complete
calibrating,
see
“CALIBRATING
THE
COMPASS” below.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
243
06 04.25
If the direction is not indicated or the
system does not operate properly, contact
your Toyota dealer.
CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation
calibration)
The direction display on the compass
deviates from the true direction determined by the earth’s magnetic field. The
angle of deviation varies according to the
geographic position of the vehicle.
LS10037
To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,
then push and hold the “E/M” button until
the “VAR” indication appears on the compass display. Then push the “E/M” button,
referring to the following map to select the
number of the zone where the vehicle is.
Compass sensor
The compass sensor is on the roof of
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not put magnets or a metal object
on or near the roof of the vehicle.
Doing this may cause malfunction of
the compass sensor.
244
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Samoa: 5
Guam: 8
Saipan:
8
After calibration, leaving the system for
several seconds returns to the compass
mode.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
LS10048
Zone number
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
245
06 04.25
Perform circling calibration just after
you have purchased your Toyota. And
then always perform circling calibration
after the battery has been removed, replaced or disconnected.
LS10038a
CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling
calibration)
Sometimes the direction display on the
compass may not change after a turn. To
rectify this, stop the vehicle and push and
hold the “E/M” button until the “CAL” indication appears on the compass display.
(At this time, the compass display is
locked in “N”.)
Do not perform circling calibration of
LS10039
the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).
Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5
mph) or less. If there is not enough space
to drive in a circle, drive around the
block.
When the “CAL” indication goes off and
the compass returns to the normal mode,
calibration is complete.
If calibration cannot be performed because
of the magnetized vehicle etc., take your
vehicle to Toyota dealer.
During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with
the calibration.
CAUTION
When doing the circling calibration,
be sure to secure a wide space,
and watch out for people and vehicles in the neighborhood. Do not
violate any local traffic rules while
performing circling calibration.
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
246
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Clock
Cigarette lighter
LS10001
To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time display will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the time indication will be reduced.
Power outlet (12 VDC)
LS10002
LS10003
To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.
After it finishes heating up, it automatically pops out ready for use.
If the engine is not running, the key must
be in the “ACC” position.
Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed
in.
Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
equivalent for replacement.
The power outlet is designed for power
supply for car accessories.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the power outlets to be used.
NOTICE
To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total capacity of 12V/120W.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlets longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
247
06 04.25
Power outlet (115 VAC)
Close the power outlet lids when
the power outlets are not in use.
Inserting anything other than an appropriate plug that fits the outlet,
or allowing any liquid to get into
the outlet may cause electrical failure or short circuits.
(a) The maximum capacity is 115
VAC/400W when the following condition applies:
Automatic transmission models: The
selector lever is in the “P” or “N” position.
LS10005
Manual transmission models: The shift
lever is in the neutral position and the
clutch pedal is not depressed.
(b) The maximum capacity is 115
VAC/100W when the following condition applies:
Automatic transmission models: The
This power outlet is designed for use
as a power supply for electric appliances.
The power outlet must only be used after
the engine is started.
If the engine is started with the power
outlet main switch on, the maximum capacity of the power supply may decrease
to below the standard, or may be cut off
completely, even when the vehicle is stationary.
selector lever is moved to any positions other than “P” and “N”.
Manual
transmission
models:
clutch pedal is depressed.
A maximum capacity of 400W can only be
restored by turning the power outlet main
switch off and then on again under condition (a) described above.
While the vehicle is being driven, the
maximum capacity of the power outlet is
always 115 VAC/100W. When the vehicle
is stationary, the maximum capacity of the
power outlet varies depending on the following conditions (a) or (b):
248
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The
06 04.25
The protection circuit may be activated to
cut the power supply if any of the following conditions apply:
Automatic transmission models: The
selector lever is in the “P” or “N” position.
The engine is started with the power
Manual transmission models: The shift
lever is in the neutral position and the
clutch pedal is not depressed.
outlet switch on.
Use of electrical appliances exceeding
the maximum capacity is attempted.
A sound may be heard when the
protection circuit is activated. This is
normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
Electrical appliances, which consume
power exceeding 100W, have been
used continuously for a long time period.
The total power usage by all electrical
features (headlights, air conditioning,
etc.) has exceeded the total vehicle
maximum for an extended period of
time.
If the protection circuit is activated and
the power supply is cut, conduct the following procedure:
Indicator light
(green)
LS10004
3. Make sure that the power consumption
of the electric appliance is within the
maximum capacity of the power outlet
and the appliance is not broken.
4. Push the power
again.
outlet
main switch
When the cabin temperature is high, open
the windows to cool the temperature
down. Once it reaches the normal temperature, turn the power outlet main switch
on again.
If the power supply is not resumed even
after performing the above procedure,
have the vehicle inspected by a Toyota
dealer.
1. Park the vehicle in a safe area, and
then securely apply the parking brake.
Indicator light
(yellow)
To use the power outlet, push the main
switch located on the instrument panel.
The color of the indicator light changes
according the maximum available capacity,
as follows:
Illumination color
Maximum capacity
Green and yellow
115 VAC/400W
Yellow
115 VAC/100W
To turn the power outlet off, push the
main switch again. When the power outlet
is not in use, make sure that the main
switch is off and that the indicator light is
not illuminated.
2. Check and ensure the following conditions:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
249
06 04.25
The power supply starts a few seconds
after the main switch is pressed.
If the main switch is pressed repeatedly
at short intervals, the indicator light may
remain unchanged, but this does not indicate a malfunction.
When the power outlet is in operation, the
sound of the cooling fan may be heard
from the rear console box. This is normal
and does not indicate a malfunction.
After removing a plug from the power outlet, ensure that the power outlet lid is
properly closed.
CAUTION
Use of the power outlet when it is
wet with rain, drinking water or
snow may result in electrical
shocks and is extremely dangerous.
The power outlet must be thoroughly dried before use.
Do not allow children to use or
play with the power outlet.
Be careful not to get any part of
your body caught in the power outlet lid.
When using electrical appliances,
strictly follow any cautions and notices written on their labels and in
the manufacturers’ instruction manuals.
Do
not modify, disassemble or
repair the power outlet or its
inverter, in any way. Doing so may
result in unexpected malfunctions
or accidents, which could cause
serious damage or injuries. Contact
a Toyota dealer for any necessary
repairs.
To prevent injuries and accidents,
curely fix all electric appliances
fore use and do not use any
pliances that may do any of the
lowing:
sebeapfol-
Distract the driver while driving, or
Do not perform any of the following.
Doing so is very dangerous and may
cause unexpected accidents, such as
electric shocks.
Using the power outlet for electric
heaters while sleeping.
Contaminating the power outlet with
liquid substances or mud, or using
it in rainy and snowy weather.
Handling electrical appliance plugs
at the power outlet with wet hands
or feet.
Inserting foreign objects into the
power outlet.
Using malfunctioning electric appliances.
Inserting inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into the power outlet.
hamper safe driving.
Result in a fire or burn injuries due
to the appliance rolling, falling or
overheating while driving.
Emit steam, while the windows of
the cabin are closed.
250
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, turn off all the vehicle’s
electronic equipment and accessories, such as the headlights, fog
lights and air conditioner, when
electrical appliances that consume
in excess of 100W are used continuously for long periods of time.
To prevent any damage caused by
heat, do not use any electrical appliances that give off intense heat
such as toasters, in any locations
including the internal or external
trim, seats and deck.
Do not use any electrical appliances, which are easily affected
by vibration or heat, inside the vehicle. Vibration while driving, or the
heat of the sun while parking, may
result in damage to those electrical
appliances.
Keep the lid closed when the power
outlet is not in use. Do not insert
any items other than appropriate
plugs, as this may cause electrical
failure or short circuits.
After inserting a plug, gently close
the power outlet lid. Failure to do
so may cause damage to the plug.
Keep the power outlet free from
dust and foreign materials and
clean it regularly.
If any electrical appliances are to
be used while driving, securely fasten both the appliances and their
cables to prevent them from falling
or getting caught any of the powertrain components.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following electric appliances even if
their power consumption is below the
maximum capacity. These appliances
may not operate properly.
Do not use plug adaptors to connect too many plugs to the power
outlet.
If the power outlet is loose when an
electrical appliance plug is connected, replace the outlet. Contact
a Toyota dealer for any necessary
replacements.
If the power outlet gets dirty, turn
the main switch off and use a soft,
clean, dry- wet cloth to wipe it gently. Do not use any cleansing materials, such as organic solvents, wax,
or compound cleaners, as these
may damage the power outlet or
cause it to malfunction.
Appliances with high initial peak wattage: cathode- ray tube type televisions,
compressor- driven refrigerators, electric
tools, etc.
Measuring devices which process precise data: medical equipment, measuring instruments, etc.
Other appliances requiring an extremely
stable power supply: microcomputercontrolled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
Use of the power outlet may not be
possible if the vehicle battery voltage is
low due to decreased battery capacity.
The integrated timers of electrical appliances may not function properly
when the power supply is cut by the
protection circuit.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
251
06 04.25
Glove box
Garage door opener box
Some electrical appliances may not operate properly unless they are installed
on a level place.
The precise power outlet voltage cannot
be measured using commercial testers.
If necessary, contact a Toyota dealer.
Certain electrical appliances may cause
radio noise.
LS10006
LS10007
To open the glove box door, pull the
lever.
The box is designed to store a garage
door opener transmitter.
CAUTION
Open the cover and remove the hook- and
- loop fastener square.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.
252
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS10008
Remove the paper strip covering the adhesive on back side of square and adhere
the square to back side of the transmitter
near the center.
LS10009
LS10010
Please note if transmitter has wire clip for
sun visor, this clip must be removed prior
to adhesion of the fastener.
Place the transmitter with fastener square
facing inside of box into the box. Make
sure the transmitter button is located
above button pins.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
253
06 04.25
LS10011
Remove spacers from the center panel.
Place one spacer on the pin that would be
below transmitter button when the cover is
closed. Close the cover.
LS10012
LS10013
When the garage door opener transmitter
is properly installed, you can operate the
transmitter by pushing the center panel of
the cover.
If the center panel does not contact your
garage door opener transmitter:
Check to see if spacer is on the correct pin.
Attach another spacer to the top of
original spacer. Check operation. If required, continue to add spacers until
contact is achieved.
If the transmitter is clattering during driving, fill in a piece of felt or pad to prevent
the transmitter from clattering.
254
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Auxiliary boxes
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden
stop, always keep the garage door
opener box closed while driving.
Keep the remaining spacers away
from children.
To use the auxiliary boxes, open the
lids as shown in the following illustrations.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden
stop, always keep the auxiliary box
closed while driving.
LS10014
Type A only—As these holders are
designed for holding a light object
such as an eyeglass, do not place
any heavy objects in them. Heavy
objects may cause the holder to
open and contents to fly out resulting in injuries.
Type A (over head console)
NOTICE
Type A only—During hot weather, the
interior of the vehicle becomes very
hot. Do not leave anything flammable
or deformable such as a lighter,
glasses, etc. inside.
LS10015
Type B (instrument panel)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
255
06 04.25
LS10016a
LS10019a
LS10018a
Front
Type C (under the rear seat of access cab
models)
Type E (left side of bed)
Type G (right side of bed)
Front
LS10017a
Type D (under the rear seat of double cab
models)
LS10043
Type F (right side of bed)
256
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Rear console box
Cup holders
The cup holders are designed for holding cups or drink- cans securely.
LS10020
To use the rear console box, raise the
console box lid while pushing the lock
release button.
Type A and B—The cup holder can be
adjustable to the size of the cups or
drink- cans by changing the holder position and the arm position, as shown.
LS10021
CAUTION
The rear console box is equipped with
the flexible cargo net.
Do not place anything else other than
cups or drink- cans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly injured people in the vehicle during
sudden braking or in an accident.
The flexible cargo net is detachable.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
257
06 04.25
LS10026
LS10028
Type C (separate seats with automatic
transmission)
LS10027
LS10025
Type A (bench seat)
Type B (separate seats with automatic
transmission)
258
Type D (separate seats with manual transmission)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Bottle holders
NOTICE
LS10022
Front doors
Do not put a cup or open bottle in
the bottle holder because the contents may spill when the door opens
or closes.
LS10024
Rear console box
The bottle holders are designed to hold
bottles securely.
CAUTION
LS10023
Do not attempt to use the holder for
any other purpose for which it was
intended. Inappropriately sized or
shaped objects may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly injured people in the vehicle during a
sudden braking or an accident.
Rear doors (double cab models only)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
259
06 04.25
Storage boxes (double cab
models only)
Flashlight holder (double cab
models only)
This box is designed to place things
like bottles.
The separator is detachable, and it can be
installed in various positions as required.
LS10031a
LS10044
Separator
Type A (left side behind the rear seat
back)
The flashlight holder is designed to
hold the flashlight securely.
The flashlight holder is detachable, and it
can be installed in various positions as
required.
Separator
LS10030b
Type B (right side behind the rear seat
back)
260
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Seatback table (on some
models)
Cargo net hooks (double cab
models with subwoofer)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat, avoid
putting heavy loads on the temporary
table.
LS13156
LS10051a
You should use the front passenger’s
seatback as a temporary table only when
the vehicle is stopped.
These hooks are designed to hang the
factory- supplied cargo net.
To hang the cargo net, use the cargo net
hooks.
To use the seatback table, fold the seatback down. (For detailed information, see
“—Folding front passenger’s seat” on page
39 in Section 1- 3.)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging items other than the cargo
net on it.
CAUTION
To avoid serious injury:
Do not set up the seatback table
while the vehicle is moving.
Do not sit on the seatback table.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
261
06 04.25
Grocery bag hooks
Deck hooks
Deck rails—
Deck rails
LS10029
The hooks are designed to hang things
like grocery bags.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging heavy loads on it.
LS10042b
LS10041a
To secure your luggage, use the deck
hooks.
To use the deck rails, you must install
genuine Toyota accessories or their
equivalent for the deck rails.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 294
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.
CAUTION
To avoid personal injury, keep the
deck hooks folded when not in use.
262
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions when installing a genuine
Toyota accessory or equivalent.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 294
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Tie- down cleats
CAUTION
When you secure cargo with the deck
rails, be sure follow the instructions
below in order to avoid the cargo
coming loose:
Do not install accessories (tie- down
LS10055a
LS10056a
cleats, storage boxes, etc.) at more
than the following number of locations per deck rail:
Side rail:
Short deck—Max. 3 locations
Long deck—Max. 4 locations
Headboard rail: Max. 3 locations
Spread out tie- down/support locations evenly along the length of the
rails.
Do not exceed a total tensile load
of 200 kg (440 lb.) per deck rail.
12.7 mm
(0.5 in.)
1: Locking plate
2: Thumb wheel
3: Tie- down cleat
1: Deck rail
2: Detent
3: Locking plate
The deck rail system enables you to
insert and move tie- down cleats to
their best location along deck rails to
secure a load.
INSTALLING THE TIE- DOWN CLEAT:
To prevent luggage or cargo from
1. Loosen the thumb wheel in a counterclockwise motion, and depress the
wheel so locking plate maintains
12.7 mm (0.5 in.) gap.
sliding forward during braking,
make sure the deck rail accessories
such as storage box are securely
attached on the deck rails.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
263
06 04.25
LS10057a
2. Insert the locking plate into the deck
rail, rotate the tie- down cleat 90,
and release the thumb wheel.
LS10058
LS10059a
3. Slide the cleat to the closest detent
in the rail system. You will feel that
the locking plate snaps into a detent.
264
4. Tighten the thumb wheel in a clockwise motion until the clutch mechanism ratchets.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Floor mat
Properly secure all cargo to prevent
shifting or sliding during driving.
Failure to properly secure cargo
can cause injury when the vehicle
is in motion.
LS10060a
Applying loads at an angle to the
tie- down cleat greater than 45 or
loads greater than 100 kg (220 lb.)
may cause damage to the deck,
deck rail system, tie- down cleat
and/or the cargo.
LS10032
Do not exceed a total tensile load
5. Check the tie- down cleat to confirm
that it is locked into a detent and
securely mounted to the deck rail
system.
CAUTION
Properly install and tighten the tiedown cleats into the deck rail system. Failure to properly install and
tighten the tie- down cleats can
cause cargo to become unsecured.
Unsecured cargo can cause injury
when the vehicle is in motion.
of 200 kg (440 lb.) per deck rail.
Do not install more than the following number of tie- down cleats per
deck rail:
Side rail:
Short deck—Max. 3 locations
Long deck—Max. 4 locations
Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the floor carpet and floor mat have two
holes, then it is designed for use with two
locking clips. Fix the floor mat with locking clips into the holes in the floor carpet.
Headboard rail: Max. 3 locations
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
265
06 04.25
LS10033
CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the floor carpet. If the floor
mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driving, it may cause an accident.
266
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
1- 2
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wireless remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
12
15
16
20
23
24
27
27
29
30
11
06 01.06
Keys (without engine
immobilizer system)
LS12001
Keys (with engine immobilizer
system)
LS12002
These keys work in every lock.
KEY NUMBER PLATE
Since the doors can be locked without a
key, you should always carry a spare key
in case you accidentally lock your key
inside the vehicle.
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key number and storing it in a safe place.
12
LS12039
Your vehicle is supplied with the two
kinds of keys.
1. Master keys (black)—These keys work
in every lock. Your Toyota dealer will
need one of them to make a new key
with a built- in transponder chip.
2. Sub key (gray)—This key works in every lock.
A transponder chip for engine immobilizer
system has been placed in the head of
the master and sub keys. These chips are
needed to enable the system to function
correctly, so be careful not to lose these
keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system
or start the engine.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Since the side doors can be locked without a key, you should always carry a
spare key in case you accidentally lock
your keys inside the vehicle.
LS12040
NOTICE
When using a key containing a transponder chip, observe the following
precautions:
When starting the engine, do not
use the key with a key ring resting
on the key grip and do not press
the key ring against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts.
LS12041
When starting the engine, do not
use the key with other transponder
keys around (including keys of other vehicles) and do not press other
key plates against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts. If
this happens, remove the key once
and then insert it again after removing other transponder keys (including keys of other vehicles) from the
ring or while gripping or covering
them with your hand to start the
engine.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13
06 01.06
Do not cover the key grip with any
material that cuts off electromagnetic waves.
LS12042
Do not knock the key hard against
other objects.
Do not leave the key exposed to
high temperatures for a long period,
such as on the dashboard and hood
under direct sunlight.
LS12043
Do not put the key in water or
wash it in an ultrasonic washer.
Do not bend the key grip.
Do not use the key with electromagnetic materials.
KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key number and storing it in a safe place.
14
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Engine immobilizer system
Inserting the registered key in the ignition
switch automatically cancels the system,
which enables the engine to start. The
indicator light will go off.
LS12044
LS12003a
For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built- in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.
If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system or start the engine.
The engine immobilizer system is a
theft prevention system. When you insert the key in the ignition switch, the
transponder chip in the key’s head
transmits an electronic code to the vehicle. The engine will start only when
the electronic code in the chip corresponds to the registered ID code for
the vehicle.
The system is automatically set when the
key is removed from the ignition switch.
The indicator light will start flashing to
show the system is set.
If any of the following indicator conditions
occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.
The indicator light stays on.
The indicator light does not start flash-
NOTICE
Do not modify, remove or disassemble the engine immobilizer system. If any unauthorized changes or
modifications are made, proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
ing when the key is removed from the
ignition switch.
The indicator light flashes inconsistently.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
15
06 01.06
Wireless remote control—
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
FCCID:MOZRI- 21BTY
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with RSS- 210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
LS12010a
1. LOCK switch
CAUTION
2. UNLOCK switch
3. Alarm switch
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
The wireless remote control system is
designed to lock or unlock all doors or
activate the alarm from a distance within approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.
When you operate any switch, push it
slowly and securely.
16
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
—Locking and unlocking
doors
The wireless remote control transmitter is
an electronic component. Observe the following instructions in order not to cause
damage to the transmitter.
Do not leave the transmitter in places
where the temperature becomes high
such as on the dashboard.
Do not disassemble it.
Avoid knocking it hard against other
objects or dropping it.
Avoid putting it in water.
You can use up to 4 wireless remote control transmitters for the same vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
information.
If the wireless remote control transmitter
does not actuate the doors or alarm, or
operate from a normal distance:
Check for closeness to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an
accident. (See “If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter” on page 338 in
Section 4.)
MODEL/FCC IDs:
LS12011b
Transmitter: GQ43VT20T
Receiver: GQ43VT29R
IC (Canada) IDs:
Transmitter: 1470A- 1T
Receiver: 1470A- 1R
Locking operation
MADE IN U.S.A.
This complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
LS12012b
The battery may be depleted. Check
the battery in the transmitter. To
replace the battery, see “—Replacing
battery” on page 19.
Unlocking operation
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
17
06 01.06
—Activating alarm
To lock and unlock all doors, push the
switches of the transmitter slowly and
securely.
To lock: Push the “ ” (lock) switch. All
the doors are locked simultaneously. At
this time, the turn signal lights flash once.
Check to see that the doors are securely
locked.
If any door is not securely closed, or if
the key is in the ignition switch, locking
cannot be performed by the “
” switch.
To unlock: Push the “ ” switch once to
unlock the driver’s door alone. Pushing
the switch twice within 3 seconds unlocks
all the doors simultaneously. At this time,
the turn signal lights will flash twice.
When unlocking a door when all the doors
are locked, the interior light comes on.
The lights remain on for about 15 seconds
unless either door is opened and closed.
(For further information, see “Interior light”
on page 143 in Section 1- 5.)
You have 30 seconds to open a door after
using the wireless remote unlock feature.
If a door is not opened by then, all the
doors will be automatically locked again.
If the “ ” or “ ” switch is kept pushed
in, the locking or unlocking operation is
not repeated. Release the switch and then
push again.
LS12015a
Pushing the “
” (alarm) switch blows
the horn intermittently and flashes the
headlights, tail lights, turn signal lights,
and interior light.
The “
” switch is used to deter vehicle
theft when you witness anyone attempting
to break into or damage your vehicle.
The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
alarm midway, push the “
” switch once
again, lock or unlock a door with transmitter, or turn the ignition key from the
“LOCK” to “ON” position.
The alarm does not work when the ignition
key is in the “ON” position.
18
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
—Replacing battery
For replacement, use a CR2032 lithium
battery or equivalent.
CAUTION
Special care should be taken to prevent small children from swallowing
the removed transmitter battery or
components.
LS12017
LS12018
NOTICE
When replacing the battery, be careful not to lose the components.
Replace only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by a
Toyota dealer.
1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the
transmitter case.
2. Remove the circuit board, then remove
the discharged transmitter battery.
NOTICE
Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.
Take care not to damage the circuit
board.
Do not bend the terminals.
Replace the transmitter battery by following these procedures:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
19
06 01.06
Side doors
Do not touch or move any components inside the transmitter, or it
may interfere with proper operation.
LS12019
Be careful not to bend the electrode
when inserting the transmitter battery and that dust or oils do not
adhere to the transmitter case.
LS12004
Close the transmitter case securely.
3. Put in a new transmitter battery with
positive (+) side up. Install the circuit
board into the transmitter case.
After replacing the battery, check that the
transmitter operates properly. If the transmitter still does not operate properly, contact your Toyota dealer.
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.
Close the transmitter case securely.
To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.
NOTICE
Vehicles with power door lock system—
All the doors lock and unlock simultaneously with either front door. In the driver’s door lock, turning the key once will
unlock the driver’s door and twice in succession will unlock all the door simultaneously.
Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the transmitter battery are faced correctly.
Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause unexpected
rust.
20
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Vehicles with a power door lock system—
When the interior light switch is in the
“DOOR” position, and all the doors are
unlocked using either the key or wireless
remote control transmitter, the interior light
will come on and remain on for about 15
seconds before fading out. (For further information, see “Interior light” on page 143
in Section 1- 5.)
CAUTION
Do not pull the inside handle of the
front doors while driving. The doors
will open and an accident may occur.
Toyota strongly recommends that all
children be placed in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
LS12005
Closing the door with the lock knob in the
lock position will also lock the door. Be
careful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.
LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
INSIDE LOCK KNOB
WITH
Move the lock knob.
To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.
Vehicles with power door lock system—
The door will not lock if the key is left in
the ignition switch when closing the front
doors.
The front doors can be opened by pulling
the inside handles even if the lock knobs
are in the locked position.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
21
06 01.06
LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
WITH
Push the switch.
LS12006a
To lock: Push the switch down on the
front side.
To unlock: Push the switch down on the
rear side.
LS12008
Operating the switch simultaneously locks
or unlocks all the doors.
If you do either of the following, no door
can be unlocked with the power door lock
switch.
Driver’s side
Lock all the doors with the key or wireless remote control transmitter when all
the doors are closed.
Open the driver’s door or front passenger’s door and move the inside lock
knobs of both front doors to the lock
position, then close the doors.
LS12007a
The power door lock switch can be reset
in the following ways.
Turn the ignition key to “ON”.
Unlock all the doors with the key or
REAR
DOOR
CHILD- PROTECTORS
(double cab models only)
Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”
position as shown on the label.
When the child- protector is locked, you
cannot open the rear door by the inside
door handle. We recommend using this
feature whenever small children are in the
vehicle.
wireless remote control transmitter.
Unlock the driver’s door or front pasPassenger’s side
22
senger’s door with the inside lock
knob, and then unlock all the doors
with the power door lock switch.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Access doors
(access cab models)
For easy access to the rear seat, open
the access door (rear door).
CAUTION
To open: First, open the front door widely.
Then pull (from the outside) or push (from
the inside) the inside handle of the access
door.
Before driving, be sure that the doors
are closed and locked, especially
when small children are in the vehicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the doors helps
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the vehicle in an accident. It also helps prevent the doors from being opened
unintentionally.
If you try to open the front and rear doors
simultaneously, they will not open.
To close: First, close the access door
completely. Then close the front door.
You can open and close the access door
only when the front door is widely opened.
LS12009a
NOTICE
The front door and access door could
be damaged if they hit each other
when being opened or closed. Be
sure to follow the above instructions.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
23
06 01.06
Power windows
The windows can be operated with the
switch on either front door (access cab
models)/each door (double cab models).
The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
LS12020
Key off operation: If both front doors are
closed, they work for 43 seconds even
after the ignition switch is turned off. They
stop working when either front door is
opened.
LS12022
The indicator light (“AUTO”) on the switch
tells you the switch can be operated.
Access cab models
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Access cab models
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
LS12021
LS12023
Double cab models
24
Double cab models
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Automatic operation (to open only):
Push the switch completely down and then
release it. The window will fully open. To
stop the window partway, lightly pull the
switch up and then release it.
LS12024
Access cab models
LS12025
Double cab models
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
25
06 01.06
Window lock switch
OPERATING
WINDOW
THE
PASSENGERS’
Use the switches on the passenger’s
door (access cab models)/passengers’
doors (double cab models) or the
switch on the driver’s door that controls each passenger’s window.
LS12026
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
Driver’s door switch (access cab models)
If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passenger’s (access
cab models)/ passengers’ (double cab
models) window cannot be operated.
Window
lock
switch
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
Before you close the power windows, always make sure there is
nobody around the power windows.
You must also make sure the
heads, hands and other parts of the
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in death or serious injury. When anyone closes the power
windows, make sure he or she operates the windows safely.
When small children are in the vehicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervision. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unexpected use of the switches.
LS12027
Driver’s door switches (double cab models)
26
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Rear window
Tailgate
Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.
Never leave anyone (particularly a
small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unattended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.
LS12028a
To open the rear window, push the lever and slide the window.
After closing the window, make sure it is
completely closed.
LS12029
To open the tailgate, pull the handle up.
The support cables will hold the tailgate
horizontal.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 294
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.
After closing the tailgate, try pulling it toward you to make sure it is securely
locked.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with the tailgate open.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
27
06 01.06
Support cable bracket
LS12030
REMOVAL
1. Open the tailgate to the angle where
you can release the brackets on the
support cables from the lugs on
both sides.
LS12031
2. Tilt the tailgate to about 30° from
vertical and pull up the right side of
the tailgate to unhook the right side.
LS12032
3. Slide the tailgate a little to the right
to unhook the left side.
To attach the tailgate, follow the removal
procedure in reverse order.
After closing the tailgate, try pulling it toward you to make sure it is securely
closed.
To release the support cable bracket, lift
it up and slide it off.
We recommend you keep
closed when not in use.
the
tailgate
NOTICE
Make sure the support brackets are
securely latched on both side panels
when installing the tailgate.
28
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Hood
LS12033
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.
CAUTION
LS12034a
2. Pull up the auxiliary catch lever
inside the engine compartment, and
lift the hood. (by inserting your
finger through either the opening
between the hood and grille or
through the grille.)
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is securely closed and locked. Otherwise, the hood may open unexpectedly while driving and an accident may
occur.
LS12035
3. Hold the hood open by inserting the
support rod into the slot.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. and return the support rod to its
clip—this prevents rattles. Then lower the
hood and make sure it locks into place.
If necessary, press down gently on the
front edge to lock it.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
29
06 01.06
Fuel tank cap
CAUTION
After inserting the support rod into
the slot, make sure the rod supports
the hood securely to prevent injury
due to unexpected, sudden hood closure.
LS12036
This indicates that the fuel filler door
is on the left side of your vehicle.
LS12037
1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
door toward out as shown.
When refueling, turn off the engine.
CAUTION
Do not smoke, cause sparks or allow open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.
When opening the cap, do not remove the cap quickly. In hot weather, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly removed.
30
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Do not fill a fuel container in the
bed under any circumstances. A
static electricity charge could cause
a spark and fire hazard. The proper
procedure is to place an approved
fuel container on the ground away
from the truck for filling.
LS12038b
CAUTION
Make sure the cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in
the event of an accident.
Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
cap for replacement. It is designed
to regulate fuel tank pressure.
2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap counterclockwise by 90 degrees (to the pressure point 1), and
then turn it an additional 30 degrees
(to point 2). Pause slightly before
removing it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the cap, apply
force only in the turning direction to
the cap. Do not pull or pry it.
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened.
When installing the cap, turn the cap
clockwise until you hear a click. When
you hear the click, the cap is fully
closed.
If the cap is not tightened securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
31
06 01.06
32
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
1- 3
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Occupant restraint systems
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flip- over jump seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger airbag off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front passenger occupant classification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
34
40
40
42
43
55
71
72
80
90
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
33
06 04.25
Front seats—
—Front seat precautions
Seats
While the vehicle is being driven, all vehicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and properly wear the seat belts provided.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow any passengers to sit on
top of a folded- down seatback, or
in the luggage compartment or cargo area. Persons not properly
seated and/or not properly restrained by seat belts can be severely injured in the event of emergency braking or a collision.
During driving, do not allow any
passengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Otherwise,
severe injuries can occur in the
event of emergency braking or a
collision.
Driver seat
Slightly recline the back of the
CAUTION
The SRS driver airbag deploys with
considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if
the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for driver airbag
is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
in.) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety.
This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your
breastbone. If you sit less than 250
mm (10 in.) away now, you can
change your driving position in several ways:
Move your seat to the rear as far
seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 250
mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the
seat somewhat. If reclining the back
of your seat makes it hard to see
the road, raise yourself by using a
firm, non- slippery cushion, or raise
the seat if your vehicle has that
feature.
If your steering wheel is adjustable,
tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of
your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot
pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
34
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Seat adjustment precautions
Front passenger seats
Front seats (with SRS side airbags)
CAUTION
CAUTION
The SRS front passenger airbag
The SRS side airbags are installed in
the driver and front passenger seats.
Observe the following precautions.
also deploys with considerable
force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the front
passenger is very close to the airbag. The front passenger seat
should be as far from the airbag as
possible with the seatback adjusted,
so the front passenger sits upright.
Bench seat only—Do not use seat
accessory, such as a cushion or
seat cover, that covers the front
seat, or do not modify or replace
the upholstery of the front seat.
Such accessories or changes may
prevent the front passenger airbag
system from activating correctly,
disable the system or cause the
front passenger airbag to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the seat while the
Do not lean against the front door
when the vehicle is in use, since
the side airbag inflates with considerable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously injured.
vehicle is moving as the seat may
unexpectedly move and cause the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Be careful that the seat does not
hit a passenger or luggage.
After adjusting the seat position, release the lever and try sliding the
seat forward and backward to make
sure it is locked in position.
Do not use seat accessories which
After adjusting the seatback, push
cover the area where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.
your body back against the seat to
make sure the seat is locked in
position.
Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such change may prevent
the side airbag system from activating correctly, disable the system, or
cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not put objects under the seats.
Otherwise, the objects may interfere
with the seat- lock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat position adjusting lever and the seat
may suddenly move, causing the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
35
06 04.25
—Adjusting front seats
While adjusting the seat, do not put
your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. Otherwise, your
hands or fingers may be caught and
injured.
LS13143
Separate seats
36
LS13144a
Bench seat
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Moving passenger’s seat for
rear seat entry
(access cab models)
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
CAUTION
Pull the lever up. Then slide the seat
to the desired position with slight
body pressure and release the lever.
2. DRIVER’S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT
ADJUSTING KNOB (on some models)
Turn the knob either way.
3. SEATBACK
LEVER
ANGLE
After putting back the seat, try
pushing the seat forward and rearward to make sure it is secured in
place.
LS13145
Never allow anyone to rest their
foot on the press pedal while the
vehicle is moving.
ADJUSTING
Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.
CAUTION
Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the driver and
the front passenger are sitting up
straight and well back in the seats. If
you are reclined, the lap belt may
slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen
or your neck may contact the shoulder belt. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of death
or personal injury.
For easy access to the rear seat:
1. Lift the seatback angle adjusting lever
or press the pedal behind the seatback.
The seat will slide forward.
2. Move the seat to the front- most position.
After passengers are in, lift up the seatback and return the seat until it locks.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
37
06 04.25
—Folding seatback
(bench seat only)
CAUTION
LS13153
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, observe the following precautions in order to prevent
personal injury in a collision or sudden stop:
LS13146
Make sure the seatback is securely
locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.
Failure to do so will prevent the
seat belt from operating properly.
BEFORE FOLDING SEATBACK
Make sure the center seat belt is removed
from the guide when folding seatback.
Pull the seatback lock release lever and
fold down the seatback.
Hold the lever until you have swung the
seatback forward slightly.
Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.
CAUTION
The seat belt passes through the
guide when the seat belt is in use.
38
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Folding front passenger’s
seat (on some models)
LS13154
1. Pull the seatback angle adjusting lever and raise the seatback to its upright position.
LS13155
LS13156
2. Pull the seatback folding lever and
fold the seatback down.
You should use the seatback as a temporary table only when the vehicle is
stopped.
CAUTION
To avoid serious injury:
Do not set up the seatback table
while the vehicle is moving.
Do not sit on the folded seatback.
Make sure the front passenger’s
seat is securely locked in sliding
position when you set the seat as
a temporary table.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
39
06 04.25
Flip- over jump seats (access
cab models)
Folding rear seats (double cab
models)
LS13147
LS13148a
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat, avoid
putting heavy loads on the temporary
table.
To flip over the bottom cushion, pull
the lock release strap.
BEFORE FOLDING REAR SEATS
1. Stow the rear seat belt buckles as
shown in the illustration.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 294
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.
This prevents the seat belt buckles from
falling out when you fold the seatback.
CAUTION
NOTICE
When returning the bottom cushion to
its original position, make sure the
seat belts are not twisted or caught
under the bottom cushion and are arranged in their proper position and
are ready to use.
To prevent damage to the seat belt
buckles, the seat belt buckles must
be stowed before you fold the seatback.
40
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13183
2. Make sure the shoulder belt passes
through the hanger when folding the
rear seat.
This prevents the shoulder belt from being
damaged.
CAUTION
LS13150b
LS13151
FOLDING REAR SEATS
1. Swing the bottom cushion up by
pulling the lock release strap, and
remove the head restraint.
2. Attach the head restraints to the
holders located on the back sides of
the bottom cushions.
If desired, each bottom cushion may be
raised separately.
NOTICE
The seat belt must be removed from
the hanger when the seat belt is in
use.
To prevent damage to the box under
the seat, do not sit on the box when
the bottom cushion is in the raised
position.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
41
06 04.25
Head restraints
CAUTION
LS13152a
When returning seats to their original
position, observe the following precautions in order to prevent personal
injury in a collision or sudden stop:
Make sure the seatback is securely
LS13157
locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.
Failure to do so will prevent the
seat belt from operating properly.
Make sure the seat belts are not
3. Fold down the seatback by pulling
the lock release strap.
twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.
If desired, each seatback can be folded
down separately.
Make sure the bottom cushion is
CAUTION
Front (separate seats)
securely locked by trying to pull up
the edge of the cushion near the
lock release straps.
To avoid serious injury, do not sit on
or place anything on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving.
LS13158a
Front (bench seat)
42
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recommended.
LS13159b
CAUTION
Adjust the center of the head restraint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.
After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.
Rear (double cab models)
Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly restrained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
The seat belts provided for your vehicle
are designed for people of adult size,
large enough to properly wear them.
Child. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
on page 90 in this Section for details.
REGULAR CAB MODELS—
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the seat
and must be restrained using the vehicle’s
seat belt.
For your safety and comfort, adjust the
head restraint before driving.
To raise: Pull it up.
To lower: Push it down while pressing the
lock release button.
ACCESS CAB and DOUBLE CAB MODELS—
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.
Rear center head restraint (double cab
models) and front center head restraint
(bench seat)—When an occupant sits on
the center position of the rear seats
(double cab models) or the front seats
(bench seat), always pull up the center
head restraint to the lock position.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
43
06 04.25
If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.
Do not allow any children to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious injury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. Holding a child in your arms
does not provide sufficient restraint.
Small- framed person or youth in a seat
belt. On models with a bench seat, have
a small- framed person or youth sit slightly
closer to the center of the vehicle (so the
shoulder belt does not cross over the
neck). On models with separate seats,
move the seat fully backward.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the injury, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendations
CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious bodily injury or
death in the event of sudden braking
or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:
Use the belt for only one person at
a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.
Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts
provide maximum protection in a
frontal or rear collision when the
driver and the front passenger are
sitting up straight and well back in
the seats. If you are reclined, the
lap belt may slide past your hips
and apply restraint forces directly
to the abdomen or your neck may
contact the shoulder belt. In the
event of a frontal collision, the
more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of death or personal injury.
Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or side doors.
Inspect the belt system periodically.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be replaced. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.
44
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Fastening front and rear
seat belts
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” on page 90 in this Section.) To
free the belt again, fully retract the belt
and then pull the belt out once more.
Keep the belts clean and dry. If
they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive cleaners, or allow them to come into
contact with the belts—they may
severely weaken the belts. (See
“Cleaning the interior” on page 343
in Section 5.)
Replace the belt assembly (including bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.
LS13087
Tab
If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.
Buckle
Adjust the seat as needed and sit
straight and well back in the seat.
fasten your belt, pull it out of the
tractor and insert the tab into
buckle.
up
To
rethe
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from death or serious
injury.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
45
06 04.25
CAUTION
Take up
slack
Too high
LS13088
loose- fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended event. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on hips
as possible.
LS13089
Do not place the shoulder belt un-
Keep as low on
hips as possible
Adjust the position
shoulder belts.
Both high- positioned lap belts and
der your arm.
of
the
Position the lap belt as low as
on your hips—not on your waist,
just it to a snug fit by pulling the
portion upward through the latch
lap and
Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder
anchor—
possible
then adshoulder
plate.
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.
To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.
After adjustment, make sure the anchor is
locked in position.
46
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
your shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from your neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Failure to
do so could reduce the amount of
protection in an accident and cause
serious injuries in a collision.
LS13090
LS13109
To release the belt, press the buckle
release button and allow the belt to
retract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
CENTER SEAT BELT OF THE BENCH
SEAT
Make sure the shoulder belt pass
through the guide when using the center seat belt.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
47
06 04.25
CAUTION
LS13093
The center seat belt of the bench seat is
a 3- point type restraint with 2 buckles.
Both seat belt buckles must be correctly
located and securely latched for proper
operation.
Make sure buckle 1 (with light gray
buckle- release button) is securely latched
for ready use of the center seat belt.
Make sure the both buckles are correctly located and securely latched.
Failure to properly match the buckle
and tab may cause severe injury in
case of an accident or a collision.
LS13094
Two buckles and tabs for center seat
belt
The two buckles for the center seat belt
of the bench seat are distinguished with
colors of the buckle release button. Also
the two tabs have different shape for its
end so that the belt is not buckled in the
wrong place.
Buckle 1 (with light gray buckle- release
button)—Properly matches with concave
end tab
Buckle 2 (with red buckle- release button)—Properly matches with round end
tab
48
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Stowing the rear seat belt
buckles (access cab models)
LS13095
To release the concave end tab, insert the
key into the hole on buckle 1 (with light
gray buckle- release button) and allow the
belt to retract.
LS13096
LS13091a
The buckles can be fixed when not in
use.
CAUTION
Do not use the center seat belt of the
bench seat with either buckle released. Fastening only the shoulder
belt or lap belt may cause severe personal injury in case of sudden braking or a collision.
When taking out the buckle from the holder, pull on the belt webbing to remove the
buckle from the lower portion.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
49
06 04.25
—Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough,
a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer so
that the dealer can order the proper required length for the extender. Bring the
heaviest coat you expect to wear for proper measurement and selection of length.
Additional ordering information is available
at your Toyota dealer.
Make sure the front passenger oc-
LS13097
CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following precautions.
Failure to follow these instructions
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt restraint system in case of
an accident, increasing the chance of
personal injury.
Remember that the extender provided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, for
another person, or at a different
seating position than the one originally intended.
If the seat belt extender has been
connected to the driver’s seat belt
buckle without the driver actually
wearing the seat belt, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that
the driver is wearing it. In this
case, the driver’s airbag may not
activate correctly, causing death or
serious injury in the event of collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
50
cupant classification indicator light
indicates “ON” when using the seat
belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the indicator light indicates “OFF”, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle,
then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after
making sure the indicator light indicates “ON”. If you use the seat belt
extender while the indicator light
indicates “OFF”, the front passenger airbag and side airbag on the
front passenger side may not activate correctly, which could cause
death or serious injury in the event
of collision.
Do not use the seat belt extender
if it is not absolutely necessary.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
As far as the seat belt extender on the
front passenger side is concerned, do not
fail to disconnect the extender from the
seat belt after the above operation in order to activate the front passenger airbag
correctly when getting into the vehicle
next time.
Do not use the seat belt extender
when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.
LS13092
When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle release buttons of the extender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extender itself.
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt and the seat belt extender are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from death or serious
injury.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
51
06 04.25
—Seat belt pretensioners
LS13098
The driver and front passenger seat
belt pretensioners are designed to be
activated in response to a severe frontal impact.
The front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner will not activate if no passenger is
detected in the front passenger seat by
the front passenger occupant classification
system. However, the front passenger’s
seat belt pretensioner may activate if luggage is put on the seat, or the seat belt
is buckled up regardless of the presence
of an occupant in the seat. (As for the
front passenger occupant classification
system, see “Front passenger occupant
classification system” on page 80 in this
Section.)
The seat belt pretensioners and SRS airbags may not operate together in all collisions.
When the sensor detects a severe frontal
impact, the front seat belts are quickly
drawn back by the retractors so that the
belts snugly restrain the occupants.
LS13188c
Bench seat
LS13103c
Separate seats
52
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
The seat belt pretensioner system consists mainly of the following components
and their locations are shown in the illustration.
CAUTION
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light or passenger airbag onoff indicator light
4. Front passenger occupant classification
ECU
5. Pressure sensor
6. Load sensor
7. Belt tension sensor
8. Front passenger’s
switch
Once the seat belt pretensioners have
been activated, the seat belt retractors
remain locked.
seat
belt
buckle
Do not modify, remove, strike or open
the seat belt pretensioner assemblies,
airbag sensor or surrounding area or
wiring. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the seat belt pretensioners from activating correctly,
cause sudden operation of the system
or disable the system, which could
result in death or serious injury. Consult your Toyota dealer about any repair and modification.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
seat belt pretensioners in some
cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Repairs on or near the front seat
belt pretensioner assemblies
Modification of the suspension system
Modification of the front end structure
9. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
10. Airbag sensor assembly
The seat belt pretensioners are controlled
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or console
When the seat belt pretensioners are activated, an operating noise may be heard
and a small amount of non- toxic gas may
be released. This does not indicate that
a fire is occurring. This gas is normally
harmless.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
53
06 04.25
LS13104
This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the seat belt pretensioners are
operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag
sensors, side and curtain shield airbag
sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors,
driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat
belt buckle switch,
front passenger
and
occupant
classification
system∗
indicator light, passenger airbag off switch,
seat
belt
pretensioner
assemblies,
inflators, interconnecting wiring and power
sources.
(For details,
see “Service
reminder indicators and warning buzzers”
on page 151 in Section 1- 6.)
If any seat belt does not retract or can
not be pulled out due to a malfunction
or activation of the relevant seat belt
pretensioner.
The seat belt pretensioner assembly or
surrounding area has been damaged.
∗: The front passenger occupant classification system includes the front passenger
occupant classification ECU, pressure sensor, load sensor, front passenger’s seat
belt buckle switch, front passenger’s seat
position sensor and belt tension sensor.
If any of the
this indicates
or seat belt
Toyota dealer
following conditions occurs,
a malfunction of the airbags
pretensioners. Contact your
as soon as possible.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds.
The light comes on while driving.
54
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag (regular and
access cab models)
Vehicles with bench seat—The SRS airbags are designed to protect the driver
and right front passenger, and they are
not designed to protect an occupant in the
front center seating position.
LS13106
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the seat belt pretensioners to operate.
Either seat belt pretensioner assembly
or surrounding area is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work with the seat
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.
The SRS front airbags help reduce injuries
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s
head or chest caused by hitting the vehicle interior.
LS13117
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags are designed to provide further protection for the driver
and right front passenger (bench seat)
or front passenger (separate seats) in
addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.
Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCED
AIRBAGS” designed based on US motor
vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The
airbag system controls airbag deployment
power for the driver and front passenger.
The driver airbag system consists of the
driver seat’s position sensor etc. The front
passenger’s airbag system consists of the
front passenger occupant classification
sensor etc.
The SRS front passenger airbag will not
activate if there is no passenger sitting in
the right front passenger seat (bench
seat) or front passenger seat (separate
seats). However, the front passenger airbag may deploy if luggage is put in the
seat. (As for the front passenger occupant
classification system, see “Front passenger occupant classification system” on
page 80 in this Section.)
Always wear your seat belt properly.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
55
06 04.25
CAUTION
The SRS front airbag system is designed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
The driver and front passenger can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” on page 43 in this Section.
Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or
seriously
injured
by
the
deploying airbags. An infant or
child who is too small to use a seat
belt should be properly secured
using a child restraint system. As
to access cab models, Toyota
strongly
recommends
that
all
infants and children be placed in
the rear seat of the vehicle and
properly restrained. The rear seat is
the safest for infants and children.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint
system, see “Child restraint” on
page 90 in this Section.
LS13141a
Indicator light
The
passenger
airbag
system
is
equipped with a off switch and indicator light. Turning the passenger airbag
off switch clockwise to the “AUTO”
position makes the front passenger airbag system operational. To disable the
front passenger airbag system, turn the
off switch counterclockwise to the
“OFF” position and remove the key. The
“OFF” indicator light on the passenger
airbag off switch will come on when
the front passenger airbag system has
been disabled.
See “Passenger airbag off switch” on page
71 in this Section for detail.
56
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP
Do not turn off the passenger air-
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat because:
bag off switch except when a member of a passenger risk group identified in TABLE 1 is occupying the
right front passenger seating position (bench seat) or front passenger
seating position (separate seats).
When
the passenger airbag off
switch is turned off, the front passenger airbag will not inflate in a
collision and turning off the front
passenger airbag can reduce the
occupant protection which your vehicle safety systems can provide to
you in certain accidents and increase the likelihood of death or
serious personal injuries.
Vehicle has no rear seat;
Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear- facing infant seat;
or
The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician,
makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver
can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:
Vehicle has no rear seat:
Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible,
children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space is
available in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or
The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician,
makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can
constantly monitor the child’s condition.
Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to his
or her physician:
Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger: and
Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than the
potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if
belted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.
For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk group, please
contact NHTSA at 1- 800- 424- 9393 or Transport Canada at 1- 800- 333- 0371.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
57
06 04.25
The SRS front airbags are designed to
deploy in severe (usually frontal) collisions where the magnitude and duration
of the forward deceleration of the vehicle exceeds the designed threshold
level.
The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision
when the vehicle has the impact straight
into a fixed barrier that does not move or
deform.
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions
where the forward deceleration of the vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and seat
belt pretensioners may not activate together.
Collision from the rear
LS13118
Collision from the side
Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard surface
Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole
LS13119
Vehicle rollover
The SRS front airbags are not generally
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal collision. But, whenever a
collision of any type causes sufficient
forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may
occur.
Landing hard or vehicle falling
The SRS front airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.
Always wear your seat belts properly.
58
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
The SRS front airbag system consists
mainly of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
LS13189c
2. Passenger airbag on- off indicator light
3. Passenger airbag off switch
4. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
5. Front passenger occupant classification
ECU
Bench seat
6. Front passenger’s seat position sensor
7. Pressure sensor
8. Load sensor
9. Belt tension sensor
10. Front passenger’s
switch
seat
belt
buckle
11. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch
LS13120d
12. Driver’s seat position sensor
13. Airbag sensor assembly
The airbag sensors constantly monitor the
forward deceleration of the vehicle. If an
impact results in a forward deceleration
beyond the designed threshold level, the
system triggers the airbag inflators. At this
time a chemical reaction in the inflators
very quickly fills the airbags with non- toxic gas to help restrain the forward motion
of the occupants. The front airbags then
quickly deflate, so that there is no obstruction of the driver’s vision should it be
necessary to continue driving.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
residue along with non- toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.
14. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
15. SRS warning light
Separate seats
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
59
06 04.25
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily to the head and chest, it
may also cause other, less severe injuries
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
are usually in the nature of minor burns
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
a deploying airbag can cause more serious injuries, especially if an occupant’s
hands, arms, chest or head is in close
proximity to the airbag module at the time
of deployment. This is why it is important
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the
occupant and the airbag module; sit
straight and well back into the seat; wear
the available seat belt properly; and sit as
far as possible from the airbag module,
while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
If the seat belt extender has been
CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:
The driver sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the vehicle.
The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.
All vehicle occupants be properly
connected to the driver’s seat belt
buckle without the driver actually
wearing the seat belt, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that
the driver is wearing it. In this
case, the driver’s airbag may not
activate correctly, causing death or
serious injury in the event of collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
For instructions and precautions concerning the seating position, see
“—Front seat precautions” on page
34 in this Section.
restrained using the available seat
belts.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
for several minutes after deployment, so
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.
60
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
A member of a passenger risk group
should never sit or be occupied in
the right front passenger seat (bench
seat) or front passenger seat (separate seats) with airbag off switch in
the “AUTO” position. (For details, see
“SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag” on page 55 in this Section.)
LS13121
LS13162
Do not sit on the edge of the seat
Toyota strongly recommends that all
or lean against the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use, since the
front passenger airbag could inflate
with considerable speed and force.
Anyone who is up against, or very
close to, an airbag when it inflates,
can be killed or seriously injured.
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, and always use your seat belt
properly.
infants and children be placed in
the rear seat of the vehicle and be
properly restrained.
Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” on page 90 in this Section.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
61
06 04.25
Do not modify or remove any wir-
LS13115
Do not put anything or any part of
your body on or in front of the
dashboard or steering wheel pad
that houses the front airbag system. They might restrict inflation or
cause death or serious injury as
they are projected rearward by the
force of the deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.
ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag cover, front
passenger airbag or airbag sensor
assembly. Doing so may prevent the
front airbag system from activating
correctly, cause sudden activation
of the system or disable the system, which could result in death or
serious injury.
Bench seat only—Do not use seat
accessory, such as a cushion or
seat cover, that covers the front
seat, or do not modify or replace
the upholstery of the front seat.
Such accessories or changes may
prevent the front passenger airbag
system from activating correctly,
disable the system or cause the
front passenger airbag to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
62
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
a person with a physical disability,
consult your Toyota dealer. It may
dangerously interfere with the SRS
front airbags operation.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS airbag system in some cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension system
Modification of the front end structure
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering
wheel, front passenger’s seat or
dashboard near the front passenger
airbag
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13104
∗: The front passenger occupant classification system includes the front passenger
occupant classification ECU, pressure sensor, load sensor, front passenger’s seat
belt buckle switch, front passenger’s seat
position sensor and belt tension sensor.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
LS13116
The light does not come on when the
This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS airbags are operating
properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag
sensors, driver’s seat position sensor,
driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front
passenger occupant classification system∗
and indicator light, passenger airbag off
switch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,
inflators, interconnecting wiring and power
sources.
(For details,
see “Service
reminder indicators and warning buzzers”
on page 151 in Section 1- 6.)
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds.
The light comes on while driving.
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The SRS airbags have been inflated.
The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS airbags to inflate.
The pad section of the steering wheel
or
front passenger
airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
63
06 04.25
SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag (double cab
models)
LS13117
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags are designed to provide further protection for the driver
and front passenger in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work with the seat
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.
The SRS front airbags help reduce injuries
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s
head or chest caused by hitting the vehicle interior.
The SRS front passenger airbag will not
activate if there is no passenger sitting in
the front passenger seat. However, the
front passenger airbag may deploy if
luggage is put in the seat. (As for the
front passenger occupant classification
system, see “Front passenger occupant
classification system” on page 85 in this
Section.)
Always wear your seat belt properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCED
AIRBAGS” designed based on US motor
vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The
airbag system controls airbag deployment
power for the driver and front passenger.
The driver airbag system consists of the
driver seat’s position sensor etc. The front
passenger’s airbag system consists of the
front passenger occupant classification
sensor etc.
64
CAUTION
The SRS front airbag system is designed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
The driver and front passenger can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” on page 43 in this Section.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” on page 90 in this
Section.
The SRS front airbags are designed to
deploy in severe (usually frontal) collisions where the magnitude and duration
of the forward deceleration of the vehicle exceeds the designed threshold
level.
The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision
when the vehicle has the impact straight
into a fixed barrier that does not move or
deform.
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions
where the forward deceleration of the vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the
seat belt pretensioners may not activate
together.
Collision from the rear
LS13123
Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover
The SRS front airbags are not generally
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal collision. But, whenever a
collision of any type causes sufficient
forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may
occur.
Always wear your seat belts properly.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
65
06 04.25
8. Driver’s seat position sensor
9. Airbag sensor assembly
Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard surface
Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole
LS13124
10. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
11. SRS warning light
LS13125c
Landing hard or vehicle falling
The SRS front airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.
The SRS front airbag system consists
mainly of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
3. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
4. Front passenger occupant classification
ECU
5. Load sensor
6. Front passenger’s
switch
seat
belt
7. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch
66
buckle
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
The airbag sensors constantly monitor the
forward deceleration of the vehicle. If an
impact results in a forward deceleration
beyond the designed threshold level, the
system triggers the airbag inflators. At this
time a chemical reaction in the inflators
very quickly fills the airbags with non- toxic gas to help restrain the forward motion
of the occupants. The front airbags then
quickly deflate, so that there is no obstruction of the driver’s vision should it be
necessary to continue driving.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
residue along with non- toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily to the head and chest, it
may also cause other, less severe injuries
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
are usually in the nature of minor burns
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
a deploying airbag can cause more serious injuries, especially if an occupant’s
hands, arms, chest or head is in close
proximity to the airbag module at the time
of deployment. This is why it is important
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the
occupant and the airbag module; sit
straight and well back into the seat; wear
the available seat belt properly; and sit as
far as possible from the airbag module,
while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
for several minutes after deployment, so
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.
CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:
For instructions and precautions concerning the seating position, see
“—Front seat precautions” on page
34 in this Section.
The driver sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the vehicle.
The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.
All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.
If the seat belt extender has been
connected to the driver’s seat belt
buckle without the driver actually
wearing the seat belt, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that
the driver is wearing it. In this
case, the driver’s airbag may not
activate correctly, causing death or
serious injury in the event of collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
67
06 04.25
LS13121
LS13162
LS13184
Do not sit on the edge of the seat
Toyota strongly recommends that all
Do not put anything or any part of
or lean against the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use, since the
front passenger airbag could inflate
with considerable speed and force.
Anyone who is up against, or very
close to, an airbag when it inflates,
can be killed or seriously injured.
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, and always use your seat belt
properly.
infants and children be placed in
the rear seat of the vehicle and be
properly restrained.
your body on or in front of the
dashboard or steering wheel pad
that houses the front airbag system. They might restrict inflation or
cause death or serious injury as
they are projected rearward by the
force of the deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.
Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” on page 90 in this Section.
68
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Do not modify or remove any wiring. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag cover, front
passenger airbag or airbag sensor
assembly. Doing so may prevent the
front airbag system from activating
correctly, cause sudden activation
of the system or disable the system, which could result in death or
serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
a person with a physical disability,
consult your Toyota dealer. It may
dangerously interfere with the SRS
front airbags operation.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS front airbag system in some
cases.
LS13104
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension system
Modification of the front end structure
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS front airbags are operating properly.
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering
wheel, front passenger’s seat or
dashboard near the front passenger
airbag
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
69
06 04.25
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag
sensors, side and curtain shield airbag
sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors,
driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat
belt buckle switch,
front passenger
occupant
classification
system∗
and
indicator light, seat belt pretensioner
assemblies,
inflators,
interconnecting
wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service reminder indicators and
warning buzzers” on page 151 in Section
1- 6.)
∗: The front passenger occupant classification system includes the front passenger
occupant classification ECU, load sensor
and front passenger’s seat belt buckle
switch.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds.
The light comes on while driving.
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
LS13185
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The SRS front airbags have been inflated.
The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS front airbags to inflate.
The pad section of the steering wheel
or
front passenger
airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
70
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Passenger airbag off switch
(regular cab and access cab
models only)
Operate off switch as follows:
Insert key into the keyhole.
LS13141a
Indicator light
This off switch is designed to disable
the front passenger airbag in order to
allow usage, if necessary, of a member
of a passenger risk group identified in
TABLE 1 is occupying the right front
passenger seating position (bench seat)
or front passenger seating position
(separate seats). (For details, see “SRS
driver airbag and front passenger airbag” on page 55 in this Section.)
To turn the front passenger airbag
on—Turn the key clockwise to the “AUTO”
position. At this time, the indicator light
condition varies depending on the occupant in the right front seat (bench seat)
or front seat (separate seats). (For details,
see “Front passenger occupant classification system” on page 80 in this Section.)
To turn the front passenger airbag
off—Turn the key counterclockwise to the
“OFF” position and remove it. At this time,
the “OFF” indicator light comes on. If the
key is removed at any other position than
“OFF”, the switch will automatically return
to the “AUTO” position.
LS13140
The SRS warning light and the passenger airbag on- off indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is a malfunction
in the passenger airbag off switch.
CAUTION
Do not turn off the passenger airbag off switch except when a member of a passenger risk group identified in TABLE 1 is occupying the
right front passenger seating position (bench seat) or front passenger
seating position (separate seats).
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
71
06 04.25
SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags work with the seat belts to help
reduce injury by inflating. The SRS side
airbags help reduce injuries mainly to the
driver’s or front passenger’s chest. The
SRS curtain shield airbags help reduce
injuries mainly to the driver’s, front passenger’s or rear outside passenger’s head
and help prevent them from being thrown
out of the vehicle.
When
the passenger airbag off
switch is turned off, the front passenger airbag will not inflate in a
collision and turning off the front
passenger airbag can reduce the
occupant protection which your vehicle safety systems can provide to
you in certain accidents and increase the likelihood of death or
serious personal injuries.
LS13126
For details, see “SRS driver airbag
and front passenger airbag” on page
55 in this Section.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) side airbags and curtain shield airbags are designed to provide further
protection for the driver, front passenger and rear outside passengers in
addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.
The SRS side airbag on the passenger
seat will not activate if there is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat.
However, the side airbag on the passenger seat may deploy if luggage is put in
the seat. (As for the front passenger occupant classification system, see “Front
passenger occupant classification system”
on page 85 in this Section.)
The SRS curtain shield airbag on the passenger side are activated even with no
passenger in the front seat or rear outside
seat.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may activate even when the side airbags are not
activated.
Always wear your seat belt properly.
72
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
The SRS side airbag and curtain
shield airbag system is designed
only as a supplement to the primary protection of the driver, front
passenger and rear outside passenger seat belt systems. To ensure
maximum protection in an accident,
the driver and all passenger in the
vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an accident reduces the
chances of death or serious injury
or being thrown out of the vehicle.
For instructions and precautions
concerning the seat belt system,
see “Seat belts” on page 43 in this
Section.
Do not allow anyone to lean his/her
Improperly seated and/or restrained
head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the
seat, front pillar, rear pillar or roof
side rail from which the SRS side
airbag and curtain shield airbag
deploy even if he/she is a child
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the impact of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the occupant.
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on page
90 in this Section.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
73
06 04.25
Collision from the rear
LS13127
LS13128
Hitting a curb, edge
of pavement or
hard surface
Falling into or
jumping over
a deep hole
LS13124
Collision from the front
Vehicle rollover
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system may not activate if the
vehicle is subjected to a collision from
the side at certain angles, or a collision
to the side of the vehicle body other
than the passenger compartment as
shown in the illustration.
The SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags are not generally designed to
inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
front or rear collision, if it rolls over,
or if it is involved in a low- speed side
collision.
Landing hard or vehicle falling
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags
may deploy if a serious impact occurs
to the underside of your vehicle. Some
examples are shown in the illustration.
The SRS side airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
The curtain shield airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
Always wear your seat belts properly.
74
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
8. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
9. Airbag sensor assembly
10. SRS warning light
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system is controlled by the airbag
sensor assembly.
LS13131c
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system consists mainly of the following components, and their locations are
shown in the illustration.
1. Curtain shield airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
2. Front passenger occupant classification
ECU
3. Load sensor
4. Side airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
5. Curtain shield airbag sensors
6. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors
7. Front passenger’s
switch
seat
belt
buckle
In a severe side impact, the side and
curtain shield airbag sensor and/or the
curtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) the
side airbag inflators and/or the curtain
shield airbag inflators. At this time a
chemical reaction in the inflators quickly
fills the airbags with non- toxic gas to help
restrain the lateral motion of the occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non- toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.
Front seats as well as parts of the front
and rear pillars, and roof side rail may be
hot for several minutes, but the airbags
themselves will not be hot. The airbags
are designed to inflate only once.
CAUTION
SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags
inflate with considerable
force. To reduce the possibility of
death or serious injury when they inflate, the driver, front passenger and
rear outside passengers must:
Wear their seat belts properly.
Remain properly seated with their
backs upright and against the seats
at all times.
Improper sitting and wearing of the
seat belts may not retain you inside
the vehicle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
75
06 04.25
LS13132
LS13133
LS13134
Do not allow anyone to lean against
Do not allow anyone to get his/her
Do not allow anyone to kneel on
the door when the vehicle is in use,
since the side airbag and curtain
shield airbag could inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, he/she may be killed or seriously injured. Special care should
be taken especially when you have
a small child in the vehicle.
head closer to the area where the
side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, since these airbags
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
may be killed or seriously injured.
Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.
the passenger seat, facing the passenger’s side door, since the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
may be killed or seriously injured.
Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, distributing your weight evenly
in the seat. Do not apply excessive
weight to the outer side of the
seats with a side airbag, and to the
front pillar, rear pillar and roof side
rail with a curtain shield airbag.
76
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13135
LS13136
LS13137
Do not allow anyone to get his/her
Do not attach a cup holder or any
Do not attach a microphone or any
head or hands out of windows
since the curtain shield airbags
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
may be killed or seriously injured.
Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.
other device or object on or around
the door. When the side airbag inflates, the cup holder or any other
device or object will be thrown with
great force or the side airbag may
not activate correctly, resulting in
death or serious injury. Likewise,
the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.
other device or object around the
area where the curtain shield airbag
activates such as on the windshield
glass, side door glass, front and
rear pillars, roof side rail and assist
grips. When the curtain shield airbags inflate, the microphone or other device or object will be thrown
away with great force or the curtain
shield airbags may not activate correctly, resulting in death or serious
injury.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
77
06 04.25
Do not hook a hanger, heavy or
Do not disassemble or repair the
sharp pointed objects on the coat
hook. If the curtain shield airbag
inflates, those items will be thrown
away with great force or the curtain
shield airbag may not activate correctly, resulting in death or serious
injury. When you hang clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly.
front and rear pillars and roof side
rail containing the curtain shield
airbags. Such changes may disable
the system or cause the curtain
shield airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not use seat accessories which
cover the parts where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.
Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such changes may prevent
the side airbag system from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
a person with a physical disability,
consult your Toyota dealer. It may
dangerously interfere with the SRS
side airbags and curtain shield airbags operation.
78
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system in some cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension system
Modification of the side structure of
the passenger compartment
Repairs made on or near the console or front seat
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13104
This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag
sensors, side and curtain shield airbag
sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors,
driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat
belt buckle switch,
front passenger
occupant
classification
system∗
and
indicator light, seat belt pretensioner
assemblies,
inflators,
interconnecting
wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service reminder indicators and
warning buzzers” on page 151 in Section
1- 6.)
∗: The front passenger occupant classification system includes the front passenger
occupant classification ECU, load sensor
and front passenger’s seat belt buckle
switch.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds.
LS13138b
The light comes on while driving.
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
79
06 04.25
Front passenger occupant
classification system (regular
and access cab models)
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
Any of the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags have been inflated.
The portion of the doors (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags to inflate.
The surface of the seats with the side
airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
The portion of the front pillars, rear
pillars or headlining (padding) containing the curtain shield airbag inside
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with a front
passenger occupant classification system. The system detects conditions
1—4 (Shown in the table on page 83)
Based on these conditions, the systems
below are activated or deactivated:
Bench seat only—Do not use a seat
accessory, such as a cushion or seat
cover, that covers the seat cushion
surface.
Front passenger airbag
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
The system monitors the weight and
load on the right front passenger seat
(bench seat) or front passenger seat
(separate seats), and the seat belt
buckle switch to determine conditions
1—4.
In order to ensure that the system detects the conditions correctly:
Separate seats only—Do not place a
heavy load on the front passenger seat
or the seatback table, etc.
Bench seat only—Do not place a heavy
load on the front passenger seat.
Separate seats only—Do not attach a
commercial seatback table or other
heavy item to the back of the front
passenger seat.
Do not apply pressure to the front passenger seat by resting hands or legs
on the seatback.
80
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
If the front passenger occupant classification system determines that a person of
adult size sits in the front passenger seat
but the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, one
of the following is likely to have occurred:
LS13139a
A rear passenger lifts the front passenger seat cushion with their legs.
Objects are placed under the front passenger seat.
Separate seats only—The front passenger seatback is in contact with the rear
seat or the back wall.
The front passenger
cation indicator light
tuation of the front
and front passenger
sioner.
occupant classifiindicates the acpassenger airbag
seat belt preten-
The front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “ON”
and “OFF” when the ignition key is
turned to the “ON” position. After
about four seconds, it will go off. After
that, the front passenger occupant classification system operates and judges
whether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.
The indicator light will indicate “OFF”
when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position with the condition 2 in the table
shown below.
To ensure that the system correctly detects the presence or absence of a person
of adult size sitting in the front passenger
seat, make sure that none of the above
occur.
Make sure that the “ON” indicator is illuminated when a person of adult size is
seated in the right front passenger seat
(bench seat) or front passenger seat (separate seats). If the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, follow the procedure below:
3. Make sure the right front passenger
seat belt (bench seat) or front passenger seat belt (separate seats) is worn
correctly.
4. Ask the right front passenger (bench
seat) or front passenger (separate
seats) to adjust the seatback to the
upright position and to sit up straight
on the center of the seat cushion, with
his/her legs comfortably extended forward.
5. Turn the ignition on, having the passenger remain in that position until the
front passenger occupant classification
system indicator light indicates “ON”.
If the “OFF” indicator remains illuminated,
either ask the passenger to move to the
rear seat, or if that is not possible, move
the front passenger seat fully rearward.
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Make sure the airbag off switch is set
to the “AUTO” position.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
81
06 04.25
LS13140
The SRS warning light will come on
and the front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate
“OFF” if there is a malfunction in the
front passenger occupant classification
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
82
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
Indicator/warning light
Condition detected by
the front passenger
occupant classification
system∗1
1 Adult∗2
1.
2. Child∗3 or child
restraint system∗4
3 Unoccupied
3.
4. There is a
malfunction in the
system
∗1 :
∗2 :
∗3 :
∗4 :
∗5 :
Passenger
airbag off switch
position
Front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator light
“AUTO”
“ON”
“OFF”
“OFF”
SRS warning
light
Front
passenger’s
seat belt
reminder light
Off
Flashing∗5
Off
Flashing∗5
Off
Off
On
Off
“AUTO”
“OFF”
“OFF”
“AUTO”
Not illuminated
“OFF”
“OFF”
Devices
Front passenger
airbag
Front
passenger’s
seat belt
pretensioner
Activated
Deactivated
Deactivated
Activated
Activated
Deactivated
“AUTO”
“OFF”
“OFF”
Deactivated
Activated
Vehicles with bench seat—The right front passenger on the bench seat
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward- facing child restraint system should only be
installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 90 in this Section as for installing the
child restraint system.)
In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
83
06 04.25
CAUTION
To avoid potential death or serious
injury when the front passenger occupant classification system does not
detect the conditions correctly, observe the following.
Make sure the front passenger occupant classification indicator light
indicates “ON” when using the seat
belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the indicator light indicates “OFF”, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle,
then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after
making sure the indicator light indicates “ON”. If you use the seat belt
extender while the indicator light
indicates “OFF”, the front passenger airbag may not activate correctly, which could cause death or serious injury in the event of collision.
Do not recline the front passenger
seatback so far that it touches a
rear seat or a back wall. This may
cause the “OFF” indicator to be illuminated, which indicates that the
passenger’s airbags will not deploy
in the event of a severe accident.
If the seatback touches the rear
seat or backwall, return the seatback to a position where it does
not touch the rear seat or backwall.
Wear the seat belt properly.
Make sure the front passenger’s
seat belt tab has not been left inserted in the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger
seat.
Separate seats only—Do not place
a heavy load on the front passenger
seat or the seatback table, etc.
Bench seat only—Do not place a
heavy load on the front passenger
seat.
Keep the front passenger seatback
as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system.
Do not apply pressure to the front
If an adult sits in the front passen-
Do not let a rear passenger lift the
ger seat, the occupant classification
indicator light should indicate “ON”.
If the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up
straight, well back in the seat, feet
on the floor, and with the seat belt
worn correctly. If the “OFF” indicator still remains illuminated, either
ask the passenger to move to the
rear seat, or if that is not possible,
move the front passenger seat fully
rearward.
front passenger seat with their feet
or press on the seatback with their
legs.
84
passenger seat by resting hands or
legs on the seatback.
Do not put objects under the front
passenger seat.
Separate seats only—Do not attach
a commercial seatback table or other heavy item to the back of the
front passenger seat.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Front passenger occupant
classification system (double
cab models)
Bench seat only—Do not use a seat
accessory, such as a cushion or
seat cover, that covers the seat
cushion surface.
Bench seat only—Do not modify or
replace the upholstery of the front
seat.
Child restraint systems installed on
the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
The
front
passenger
occupant
classification indicator light may indicate
“ON” (the front passenger airbag may
deploy) even if observing the above
cautions, when a child sits in, or a
forward- facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger seat.
Refer to all the cautions in “SRS driver
airbag and front passenger airbag” on
page 55 and “Child restraint” on page 90.
Your vehicle is equipped with a front
passenger occupant classification system. The system detects conditions
1—4 (Shown in the table on page 88)
Based on these conditions, the systems
below are activated or deactivated:
Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger
seat
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
When it is unavoidable to install the
forward- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat,
install the child restraint system on
the front passenger seat in the
proper order. (As for the installation
order, see “—Installation with seat
belt” on page 94 in this Section.)
The system monitors the weight and
load on the front passenger seat, and
the seat belt buckle switch to determine
conditions 1—4.
Do not modify or remove the front
passenger seat or the seatback table,
etc.
In order to ensure the system detects
the conditions correctly:
Do not place a heavy load on the front
seats.
Do not kick the front passenger
Do not attach a commercial seatback
seat or subject it to severe impact.
Otherwise, the SRS warning light
may come on to indicate a malfunction of the detection system. In this
case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
Do not apply pressure to the front pas-
table or other heavy item to the back
of the front passenger seat.
senger seat by resting hands or legs
on the seatback.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
85
06 04.25
The indicator light will indicate “OFF”
when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position with the condition 2 in the table
shown below.
LS13139a
If the front passenger occupant classification system determines that a person of
adult size sits in the front passenger seat
but the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, one
of the following is likely to have occurred:
A rear passenger lifts the front passenger seat cushion with their legs.
Make sure that the “ON” indicator illuminated when a person of adult size is
seated in the front passenger seat. If the
“OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in
the seat, and with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “OFF” indicator remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat, or if that is not possible,
move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
Objects are placed under the front passenger seat.
The front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates the actuation of the front passenger airbag,
side airbag on the front passenger seat
and front passenger seat belt pretensioner.
The front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “ON”
and “OFF” when the ignition key is
turned to the “ON” position. After
about four seconds, it will go off. After
that, the front passenger occupant classification system operates and judges
whether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.
The front passenger seatback is in
contact with the rear seat.
To ensure that the system correctly detects the presence or absence of a person
of adult size sitting in the front passenger
seat, make sure that none of the above
occur.
86
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13140
The SRS warning light will come on
and the front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate
“OFF” if there is a malfunction in the
front passenger occupant classification
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
87
06 04.25
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
Indicator/warning light
Condition detected by
the front passenger
occupant classification
system
1. Adult∗1
2.
Child∗2
or child
restraint system∗3
3. Unoccupied
4. There is a
malfunction in the
system
∗1 :
∗2 :
∗3 :
∗4 :
Devices
Front
passenger
occupant
classification
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front
passenger’s
seat belt
reminder light
“ON”
Off
Flashing∗4
“OFF”
Off
Flashing∗4
Deactivated
Not
illuminated
Off
Off
Deactivated
“OFF”
On
Off
Deactivated
Front
passenger
airbag
Side airbag
on the front
passenger
seat
Curtain shield
airbag in the
front
passenger
side
Front
passenger’s
seat belt
pretensioner
Activated
Activated
Activated
Deactivated
Activated
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward- facing child restraint system should only be
installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 90 in this Section as for installing the
child restraint system.)
In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
88
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
To avoid potential death or serious
injury when the front passenger occupant classification system does not
detect the conditions correctly, observe the following.
Make sure the front passenger occupant classification indicator light
indicates “ON” when using the seat
belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the indicator light indicates “OFF”, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle,
then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after
making sure the indicator light indicates “ON”. If you use the seat belt
extender while the indicator light
indicates “OFF”, the front passenger airbag and side airbag on the
front passenger side may not activate correctly, which could cause
death or serious injury in the event
of collision.
Do not recline the front passenger
seatback so far that it touches a
rear seat. This may cause the
“OFF” indicator to be illuminated,
which indicates that the passenger’s airbags will not deploy in the
event of a severe accident. If the
seatback touches the rear seat, return the seatback to a position
where it does not touches the rear
seat.
Keep the front passenger seatback
as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system.
If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the occupant classification
indicator light should indicate “ON”.
If the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up
straight, well back in the seat, feet
on the floor, and with the seat belt
worn correctly. If the “OFF” indicator still remains illuminated, either
ask the passenger to move to the
rear seat, or if that is not possible,
move the front passenger seat fully
rearward.
Wear the seat belt properly.
Make sure the front passenger’s
seat belt tab has not been left inserted in the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger
seat.
Do not place a heavy load on the
front passenger seat or the seatback table, etc.
Do not apply pressure to the front
passenger seat by resting hands or
legs on the seatback.
Do not let a rear passenger lift the
front passenger seat with their feet
or press on the seatback with their
legs.
Do not put objects under the front
passenger seat.
Do not attach a commercial seatback table or other heavy item to
the back of the front passenger
seat.
Child restraint systems installed on
the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
89
06 04.25
Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
When it is unavoidable to install the
forward- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat,
install the child restraint system on
the front passenger seat in the
proper order. (As for the installation
order, see “—Installation with seat
belt” on page 104 in this Section.)
Do not modify or remove the front
seats.
Do not kick the front passenger
seat or subject it to severe impact.
Otherwise, the SRS warning light
may come on to indicate a malfunction of the detection system. In this
case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
The
front
passenger
occupant
classification indicator light may indicate
“ON” (the front passenger airbag and side
airbag on the front passenger seat may
deploy) even if observing the above
cautions, when a child sits in, or a
forward- facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger seat.
Refer to all the cautions in “SRS driver
airbag and front passenger airbag” on
page 64, “SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags” on page 72 and “Child
restraint” on page 90.
Toyota strongly urges the use of appropriate child restraint systems for
children.
The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” on
page 43 in this Section for details.
CAUTION
For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a
child must be properly restrained,
using a seat belt or child restraint
system depending on the age and
size of the child. Holding a child in
your arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed
against the windshield, or between
you and the vehicle’s interior.
90
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Regular and access cab models—
REGULAR CAB MODELS—
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child.
ACCESS CAB MODELS—
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed in the rear of the cabin
per the instructions in this manual.
According to accident statistics, the
child is safer when properly restrained in the rear of the vehicle
cabin than in the front.
Never put infant or child age 1 to
12 in a passenger risk group on the
right front passenger seat with the
passenger airbag off switch in the
“AUTO” position. In the event of an
accident, the force of the rapid
inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.
If you must put infant or child age
1 to 12 in a passenger risk group
on the right front seat, make sure
that the passenger airbag off switch
is in the “OFF” position with the
key removed and that the indicator
light is on. (For details, see “SRS
driver airbag and front passenger
airbag” on page 55 in this Section.)
Do not use the seat belt extender
when installing a child restraint
system on the front passenger seat
or in the rear of the cabin. If installing a child restraint system with
the seat belt extender connected to
the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint
system, which could cause death or
serious injury to the child or other
passengers in the event of collision.
Double cab models—
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator
light indicates “OFF”. In the event
of an accident, the impact of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child if the rearfacing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.
Make sure you have complied with
all installation instructions provided
by the child restraint manufacturer
and that the system is properly secured. If it is not secured properly,
it may cause death or serious injury
to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
91
06 04.25
—Child restraint system
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
Do not use the seat belt extender
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates “OFF”, because
the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.
when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.
On vehicles with side airbags and
curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front
or rear pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
Make sure you have complied with
all installation instructions provided
by the child restraint manufacturer
and that the system is properly secured. If it is not secured properly,
it may cause death or serious injury
to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must
carefully consult the manufacturer’s
instructions which accompany the child
restraint system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufacturer’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer. General directions are also
provided under the following illustrations.
The child restraint system should be
installed in the rear seat if your vehicle
is equipped with rear seats. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear of the vehicle cabin than in the front.
When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it somewhere other than the passenger
compartment. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
92
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Types of child restraint
system
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufacturer.
LS13001
LS13003
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for securing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to use the anchor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” on
page 114, 117 or 120 in this Section.
(A) Infant seat
(C) Booster seat
The child restraint lower anchorages
approved for your vehicle may also be
used. See “—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages” on page 122,
124 or 129 in this Section.
LS13002
(B) Convertible seat
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
93
06 04.25
—Installation with seat belt
(regular and access cab models)
LS13004a
WHEN INSTALLING IN THE REAR SEAT
(access cab models):
Flip over the bottom cushion before
installing the child restraint system.
LS13008
LS13005
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat must be used in rearfacing position only.
CAUTION
To install the child restraint system
properly, make sure the bottom cushion is flipped over whenever you use
a child restraint system in the rear
seating area.
94
CAUTION
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front seat with
the passenger airbag off switch in the
“AUTO” position. In the event of an
accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child if the rear- facing child restraint
system is installed on the front passenger seat.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
LS13006a
If you must install a rear- facing child
restraint system on the right front
passenger seat (bench seat) or front
passenger seat (separate seats), make
sure that the front passenger airbag
off switch is in the “OFF” position
with the key removed and that the
indicator light is on.
When you install a rear- facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group on the right front
passenger seat (bench seat) or front
passenger seat (separate seats), turn
the passenger airbag off switch counterclockwise to the “OFF” position and
remove the key. (For details, see “SRS
driver airbag and front passenger airbag” on page 55 in this Section.)
LS13007
CAUTION
Do not install a child restraint system on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
If the driver’s seat position does
The indicator light comes on when the
system is off.
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
95
06 04.25
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
LS13009
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
LS13010
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
96
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13011
3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
let the shoulder belt retract as far as
it will go to hold the infant seat securely.
LS13012
LS13013
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.
4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
97
06 04.25
LS13014
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat must be used in forward- facing or rear- facing position depending on the age and size of the
child. When installing, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions about the
applicable age and size of the child as
well as directions for installing the
child restraint system.
LS13015
LS13006a
CAUTION
Rear- facing child restraint system:
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the right front passenger seat (bench seat) or front passenger seat (separate seats) with the
passenger airbag off switch in the
“AUTO” position. In the event of an
accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child if the rear- facing child restraint
system is installed on the front passenger seat.
98
When you install a rear- facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group on the right front
passenger seat (bench seat) or front
passenger seat (separate seats), turn
the passenger airbag off switch counterclockwise to the “OFF” position and
remove the key. (For details, see “SRS
driver airbag and front passenger airbag” on page 55 in this Section.)
The indicator light comes on when the
system is off.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
CAUTION
If you must install a rear- facing child
restraint system on the right front
passenger seat (bench seat) or front
passenger seat (separate seats), make
sure that the passenger airbag off
switch is in the “OFF” position with
the key removed and that the indicator light is on.
Forward- facing child restraint system:
A
forward- facing
child
restraint
system which belongs to a passenger
risk group should never be installed
on the right front passenger seat
(bench seat) or front passenger seat
(separate seats) with the passenger
airbag off switch in the “AUTO”
position, because the force of the
deploying airbag could cause death
or serious injury to the child in
forward seating position. (For details,
see “SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag” on page 55 in this
Section.)
LS13016
CAUTION
Do not install a child restraint system on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
99
06 04.25
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
LS13017
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
LS13018
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the
instructions
provided
by
its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
100
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13019
3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.
LS13020
LS13021
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.
4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
101
06 04.25
CAUTION
LS13022
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat must be used in forward- facing position only.
A
forward- facing
child
restraint
system which belongs to a passenger
risk group should never be installed
on the right front passenger seat
(bench seat) or front passenger seat
(separate seats) with the passenger
airbag off switch in the “AUTO”
position, because the force of the
deploying airbag could cause death
or serious injury to the child in
forward seating position. (For details,
see “SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag” on page 55 in this
Section.)
LS13023
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and across the
child following the instructions provided
by its manufacturer and insert the tab
into the buckle taking care not to twist
the belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly
across the child’s shoulder and that the
lap belt is positioned as low as possible
on the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” on
page 43 in this Section for details.
102
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
LS13024
Both high- positioned lap belts and
loose- fitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended event.
Keep the lap belt positioned as low
on a child’s hips as possible.
2. To remove the booster seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract.
For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
103
06 04.25
—Installation with seat belt
(double cab models)
LS13028
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat must be used in rearfacing position only.
LS13029
LS13030
Do not install a child restraint sys-
CAUTION
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator
light indicates “OFF”. In the event
of an accident, the impact of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child if the rearfacing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.
104
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.
Child
restraint
system
installed on the rear seat should
not contact the front seatbacks.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
LS13031
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
LS13032
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
105
06 04.25
LS13033
3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
let the shoulder belt retract as far as
it will go to hold the infant seat securely.
LS13034
LS13035
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.
106
4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13036
Install the child restraint system on the
front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Your vehicle is equipped with a
front passenger occupant classification
system. In order to activate the occupant
classification system correctly, install the
forward- facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat in the following
order:
1. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” position.
2. Move the front passenger seat to the
rearward position.
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat must be used in forward- facing or rear- facing position depending on the age and size of the
child. When installing, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions about the
applicable age and size of the child as
well as directions for installing the
child restraint system.
3. If you must install the child restraint
system on the front passenger seat,
put the child restraint system putting
your weight on the front passenger
seat.
6. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.
7. Put a child on the child restraint system and secure the child, complying
with the instructions provided by the
child restraint system manufacturer.
4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seat
belt buckle.
5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended. To hold the seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
107
06 04.25
The front passenger occupant classification indicator light should indicate “OFF”
when the ignition key is in the “ON” position and the child is in the child restraint
system after following these procedures.
The “OFF” indicator indicates the SRS
front passenger airbag and side airbag on
the passenger side will not deploy. if the
indicator light indicates “ON”, do the following procedure:
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Remove the child restraint system.
3. When reinstalling a child restraint system, make sure the seatback does not
press the child restraint system into
the seat cushion. If this occurs, adjust
the seatback angle slightly.
4. Then make sure the head restraint is
not pressing the child restraint system
into the seat cushion. If this occurs,
raise the head restraint.
5. Turn the ignition on again.
The front passenger occupant classification indicator light should indicate “OFF”.
If the indicator light still indicates “ON”
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position, then the SRS front passenger airbag and side airbag on the passenger side may deploy in an accident. Do
not drive the vehicle in this condition. Remove the child restraint system and contact your Toyota dealer.
LS13037
CAUTION
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward- facing child restraint system should only be
installed on the front passenger
seat when unavoidable. If you must
install the child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, put the
seat in its most rearward position,
and install the forward- facing child
restraint system in the proper order. Otherwise, the front passenger
occupant classification system can
not detect the presence of the child
restraint system and the front passenger airbag and side airbag on
the front passenger seat could
deploy.
108
CAUTION
Never install a rear- facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator
light indicates “OFF”. In the event
of an accident, the impact of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child if the rearfacing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
On vehicles with side airbags and
LS13038
Move seat
fully back
curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front
or rear pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
LS13039
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
Do not install a child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates “OFF”, because
the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.
Child
restraint
system
installed on the rear seat should
not contact the front seatbacks.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
109
06 04.25
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
LS13040
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
LS13041
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the
instructions
provided
by
its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
110
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13042
3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.
LS13043
LS13044
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.
4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
111
06 04.25
On vehicles with side airbags and
LS13045
curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front
or rear pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
LS13046
Move seat
fully back
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat must be used in forward- facing position only.
CAUTION
A forward- facing child restraint system should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates “OFF”, because
the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.
112
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
If the seat belt does not function
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
LS13047
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
Both high- positioned lap belts and
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and across the
child following the instructions provided
by its manufacturer and insert the tab
into the buckle taking care not to twist
the belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is
across the child’s shoulder and
lap belt is positioned as low as
on the child’s hips. See “Seat
this Section for details.
correctly
that the
possible
belts” in
loose- fitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended event.
Keep the lap belt positioned as low
on a child’s hips as possible.
For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
113
06 04.25
—Using a top strap
(regular cab models)
Routing device
Symbol
mark
LS13048
LS13050a
LS13052b
Anchor
brackets
2. To remove the booster seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract.
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Bench seat
Routing
device
Symbol
mark
LS13053b
Anchor
bracket
Separate seats
114
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Use the routing device and the anchor
bracket on the back panel to attach the
top strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for (each)
passenger seating position.
This symbol indicates the locations of the
anchor brackets.
Symbol
mark
LS13063
LS13181
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Remove
straint.
the
passenger
head
re-
2. Lightly push down on the top surface of the routing device cover with
the symbol mark shown in the illustration, then pull it forward to remove.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
115
06 04.25
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to its
LS13064b
original position, make sure the
seatback is securely locked by
pushing forward and rearward on
the top of the seatback.
LS13065b
Make sure the top strap is securely
3. Pull the seatback release lever and
swing the seatback forward slightly.
Route the top strap through the
routing device as shown in the illustration.
Latch the
bracket.
hook
onto
the
4. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt and tighten the top
strap.
Replace
straint.
the
passenger
head
latched, and check that the child
restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.
re-
anchor
Store the removed cover in a safe place
such as the glove box.
Return the seatback to upright position.
Be sure to replace the cover when the
anchor bracket is not in use.
For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 90 in this Section.
116
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Using a top strap
(access cab models)
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Routing
device
or
upper
anchor
bracket
LS13071
LS13069
Symbol mark
Lower
anchor
bracket
Front position
Use the routing device and the anchor
bracket to attach the top strap.
Upper anchor bracket is installed for front
passenger’s seating position, lower anchor
bracket is installed for right- rear seating
position.
This symbol indicates the locations of
user ready anchor brackets.
LS13070a
Rear position
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
117
06 04.25
CAUTION
LS13072
LS13073
Symbol mark
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
2. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Front position—
1. Remove
straint.
the
passenger
head
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
re-
Lightly push down on the top surface of the anchor bracket cover
with the symbol mark shown in the
illustration, then pull it forward to
remove.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket on the back panel and tighten the top strap.
For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 90 in this Section.
118
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Symbol mark
Routing
device
LS13074
LS13076a
LS13075
3. Replace the head restraint.
Rear position—
Store the removed cover in a safe place
such as the glove box.
1. Upper anchor bracket:
Lightly push down on the top surface of the upper anchor bracket
cover with the symbol mark shown
in the illustration, then pull it forward to remove.
Be sure to replace the cover when the
anchor bracket is not in use.
Lower anchor bracket:
Pull up the lower anchor bracket.
2. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Route the top strap through the
routing device as shown in the illustration.
For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 90 in this Section.
CAUTION
Make sure
twisted.
the
top
strap
is
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
not
119
06 04.25
—Using a top strap
(double cab models)
Symbol
mark
LS13077a
LS13051
LS13054a
Anchor
brackets
3. Latch the hook onto the rear lower
anchor bracket and tighten the top
strap.
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Store the removed covers in a safe place
such as the glove box.
Use the anchor bracket on the back panel
to attach the top strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seating position.
This symbol indicates the locations of the
anchor brackets.
Be sure to replace the covers when the
anchor bracket is not in use.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
120
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS13066
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Remove the head restraint.
LS13067
LS13068
2. Pull the seatback release strap and
swing the seatback forward slightly,
then latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket.
3. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt and tighten the top
strap.
Return the seatback to its original
position.
For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 90 in this Section.
Replace the head restraint.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
121
06 04.25
—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages
(regular cab models)
Lower anchorages for Child Restraint
Systems equipped with hook or buckle
type attachments are installed in the
front passenger seat.
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to its
original position, make sure the
seatback is securely locked by
pushing forward and rearward on
the top of the seatback. Failure to
do so will prevent the seat belt
from operating properly.
LS13078
Child Restraint Systems equipped with
hook or buckle type attachements can be
installed using these anchorages. For such
systems, it is not necessary to use the
vehicle seatbelts.
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child
restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.
The anchorages are installed in the gap
between the seat cushion and seatback of
the right side of the seat as shown in the
illustration.
Separate seats
LS13079
Bench seat
122
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
1st lock
position
10th lock
position
LS13160a
CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION
LS13080
SYSTEM
LS13081
1. Separate seats only—Fold down the
seatback and back to the 1st lock
position (most upright position) until
it locks into place. Adjust the seatback to the 10th lock position.
Make sure the seatback is locked securely.
Canada only
Type A
Canada only
Type B
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
123
06 04.25
—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages
(access cab models)
2. Widen the gap between the seat
cushion and seatback slightly and
confirm the position of the lower anchorages near the button on the
seatback.
3. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
straps onto the anchorages and
tighten the lower straps.
Type B—Latch the buckles onto the
anchorages.
For owners in Canada—The symbol on
a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” on page 114 in this Section.)
CAUTION
When using the lower anchorages
for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages or that
the seat belt is not caught.
LS13078
Push and pull the child restraint
system in different directions to be
sure it is secure. Follow all the
installation instructions provided by
its manufacturer.
After securing the child restraint
Front seat
system, never slide or recline the
seat.
For installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.
LS13099
Rear seat
124
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Lower anchorages for Child Restraint
Systems equipped with hook or buckle
type attachments are installed in the
front passenger seat and the right rear
auxiliary seat.
For front seat without a seatback table—
The anchorages are installed in the gap
between the seat cushion and seatback as
shown in the illustration.
1st lock
position
10th lock
position
LS13160a
For front seat with a seatback table—
The anchorages are installed in the seat
cushion.
Child Restraint Systems equipped with
hook or buckle type attachments can be
installed using these anchorages. For such
systems, it is not necessary to use the
vehicle seatbelts.
Instructions for installing these types of
Child Restraint Systems in the right rear
seating area are shown in the illustration
on page 127.
CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION
SYSTEM
LS13082
1. Front seat—Fold down the front seat
seatback and back to the 1st lock
position (most upright position) until
it locks into place. Adjust the seatback to the 10th lock position.
Make sure the seatback is locked securely.
CAUTION
To install the child restraint system
properly, make sure the bottom cushion is flipped over whenever you use
a child restraint system in the rear
seating area.
Canada only
Front seat without seatback table (type A)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
125
06 04.25
LS13083
Canada only
Front seat without seatback table (type B)
LS13186
LS13187
Canada only
Front seat with seatback table (type A)
126
Canada only
Front seat with seatback table (type B)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Front seat—
2. Front seat without seatback table—
Widen the gap between the seat
cushion and seatback slightly and
confirm the position of the lower anchorages near the button on the
seatback.
Front seat with seatback table—Widen the slits of the seat cushion
slightly and confirm the position of
the lower anchorages near the button on the seat cushion.
3. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
straps onto the anchorages and
tighten the lower straps.
LS13100
LS13101
Type B—Latch the buckles onto the
anchorages.
Rear seat—
See the diagrams at right and the instructions on page 128.
For owners in Canada—The symbol on
a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
Canada only
Rear seat (type A)
Canada only
Rear seat (type B)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
127
06 04.25
To install a Child Restraint System in the
rear seat properly, make sure the bottom
seat cushion is flipped over. If the bottom
seat cushion is already flipped over, proceed to step 3.
1. Pull the lock release strap.
2. Flip over the bottom cushion.
CAUTION
To install the child restraint system
properly, make sure the bottom cushion is flipped over whenever you use
a child restraint system in the rear
seating area.
LS13004a
If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” on page 117 in this Section.)
3. Be sure to follow the Child Restraint
System manufacturer’s instructions for
the recommended installation procedure.
4. Push and pull the Child Restraint System in different directions to ensure a
secure installation.
5. If the Child Restraint System shakes or
vibrates when used, install a cushion
between the Child Restraint System
and the flipped- over surface of the
seat.
128
For installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.
CAUTION
When using the lower anchorages
for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages or that
the seat belt is not caught.
Push and pull the child restraint
system in different directions to be
sure it is secure. Follow all the
installation instructions provided by
its manufacturer.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages
(double cab models)
After securing the child restraint
system, never slide or recline the
seat.
Do not install a child restraint system on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
LS13084
LS13085
Lower anchorages for Child Restraint
Systems equipped with hook or buckle
type attachments are installed in the
rear seat.
The anchorages are installed in the gap
between the seat cushion and seatback of
both outside rear seats as shown in the
illustration.
Child Restraint Systems equipped with
hook or buckle type attachments can be
installed using these anchorages. For such
systems, it is not necessary to use the
vehicle seatbelts.
Canada only
Type A
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
129
06 04.25
CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION
SYSTEM
1. Widen the gap between the seat
cushion and seatback slightly and
confirm the position of the lower anchorages near the button on the
seatback.
When using the lower anchorages
2. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
straps onto the anchorages and
tighten the lower straps.
Push and pull the child restraint
Type B—Latch the buckles onto the
anchorages.
LS13086
CAUTION
for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages or that
the seat belt is not caught.
system in different directions to be
sure it is secure. Follow all the
installation instructions provided by
its manufacturer.
For owners in Canada—The symbol on
a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
After securing the child restraint
If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” on page 120 in this Section.)
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.
For installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.
system, never recline the seat.
Do not install a child restraint sys-
Canada only
Type B
130
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
1- 4
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Steering wheel and Mirrors
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti- glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto anti- glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
132
132
134
135
136
136
131
06 01.06
Tilt and telescopic steering
wheel
Outside rear view mirrors—
CAUTION
Do not adjust the steering wheel
LS14001a
while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.
LS14002
After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.
To adjust the steering wheel position,
push down the lock release lever. Then
tilt the steering wheel to the desired
angle, push or pull it to the desired
steering column length and pull up the
lock release lever.
132
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the side of your vehicle in the mirror.
Be careful when judging the size or distance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
because it is a convex mirror. Any object
seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
and farther away than when seen in a flat
mirror.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
—Power rear view mirror
control
NOTICE
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.
LS14003
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de- icer to free
the mirror.
To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direction.
Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is
in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
133
06 01.06
—Folding rear view mirrors
Anti- glare inside rear view
mirror
CAUTION
LS14004
The rear view mirrors can be folded
backward for parking in compact areas.
To fold the rear view mirror, push backward.
CAUTION
Do not drive with the mirrors folded
backward. Both the driver and passenger side rear view mirrors must
be extended and properly adjusted
before driving.
LS14005
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
death or serious injuries.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.
134
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Auto anti- glare inside rear
view mirror
In automatic function mode, if the mirror
detects light from the headlights of the
vehicle behind you, the mirror surface
darkens slightly to reduce the reflected
light.
LS14006
To turn off the automatic function, push
the “OFF” switch.
LS14007
To turn on the automatic function again,
push the “AUTO” switch.
Adjust it before driving so that the rear
view is in the best condition.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
This mirror is equipped with auto antiglare function. The function is designed
to reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving.
When the ignition key is inserted and
turned on, the inside rear view mirror always turns on in the automatic function
mode.
When the inside air temperature is low, it
may take a little longer for the mirror to
darken in response to the detection of
headlights.
CAUTION
To ensure correct functioning of antiglare mirror sensors located on both
sides of the mirror, do not touch or
cover the sensors with your finger or
a piece of cloth, etc.
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.
The indicator illuminates to show you that
the function is on.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
135
06 01.06
Sun visors
Vanity mirrors
To block out glare, move the sun visor.
To block out glare from the front—Swing
down the sun visor (position 1).
LS14009
To block out glare from the side—Swing
down the sun visor, remove it from the
hook and swing it to the lateral side (position 2).
LS14010
Type B—
If glare comes from obliquely behind you,
extend the plate at the end of the visor
(position 3).
CAUTION
Type A
Type A
Type B— Do not extend the plate at
the end of the sun visor when the
visor is in the position 1. It can cover
the anti- glare inside rear view mirror
and obstruct the rear view.
LS14008
LS14011
Type B
136
Type B (passenger’s side only)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Type A—
To use the vanity mirrors, swing down
the sun visor and slide the cover.
Type B—
To use the vanity mirror, swing down
the sun visor.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
137
06 01.06
138
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
1- 5
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights and Wipers
Headlights and turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
140
142
142
143
143
144
144
139
06 01.06
Headlights and turn signals
HEADLIGHTS
NOTICE
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate and
instrument panel lights
LS15001b
For Canada—The tail light indicator (green
light) on the instrument panel will tell you
that the tail lights are on.
Position
above
For the U.S.A.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.
2—Headlights
and
all
of
the
For the U.S.A.—The headlight low beam
indicator light (green light) on the instrument panel will tell you that the low
beams are on.
Automatic light cut off system
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
LS15002b
To turn them on again, turn the key to the
“ON” position or actuate the headlight
switch.
If you are going to park for over one
week, make sure the headlight switch is
off.
For Canada
140
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Daytime running light (DRL) system (on
some models)
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day. The
DRL system can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be
especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.
LS15003b
LS15004b
The DRL system will make your front turn
signal lights come on when:
The ignition is on with the engine running.
The knob is in the “OFF” position or
position 1.
The parking brake is released.
To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob
to position 2 or turn the ignition switch off.
High- Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.
TURN SIGNALS
The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the
beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.
You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.
To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
141
06 01.06
Emergency flashers
Instrument panel light control
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the engine is not running.
LS15005
To turn on the
push the switch.
emergency
flashers,
LS15006
To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights, turn the dial.
All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as possible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operating.
142
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Front fog lights
Interior light
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
LS15007
LS15008a
When the switch is in the “DOOR” position and any door is opened, the light will
come on. After all the doors are closed,
the light remains on for about 15 seconds
before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes out immediately:
All the doors are closed when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”,
To turn on the front fog lights, push
the switch. They will come on when the
headlights are turned on.
To turn on the interior light, slide the
switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any
door is opened. The light goes off when
all the doors are closed.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 20 minutes or more.
“ON” or “START” after all the doors are
closed.
All the doors are closed and locked
when the light is still on. (vehicles with
the power door lock system only)
Vehicles with the power door lock system—
When all the doors are unlocked using
either the key or the wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the interior
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
143
06 01.06
Personal lights
LS15009
Windshield wipers and washer
(type A)
LS15010c
The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust the
wiping time interval when the wiper lever
is in the intermittent position (position 1).
Twist the band upward to increase the
time between sweeps, and downward to
decrease it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you and release it.
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
To turn on the personal lights, push the
lens. To turn the lights off, push the
lens once again.
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
Lever position
Speed setting
Position 1
Intermittent
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
Position 2
Slow
NOTICE
Position 3
Fast
Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
For a single sweep of the windshield,
push the lever up and release it.
144
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 381 in
Section 7- 3.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Windshield wipers and washer
(type B)
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
When waxing your vehicle, make sure that
the washer nozzles do not become
blocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,
contact your Toyota dealer to have the
vehicle serviced.
NOTICE
LS15011d
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position
Speed setting
Position 1
Slow
Position 2
Fast
When waxing your vehicle, make sure that
the washer nozzles do not become
blocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,
contact your Toyota dealer to have the
vehicle serviced.
NOTICE
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
For a single sweep of the windshield,
push the lever up and release it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you and release it.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 381 in
Section 7- 3.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
145
06 01.06
146
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
1- 6
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer and two trip meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
148
148
149
149
151
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
147
06 04.25
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
Fuel gauge
Low fuel
level
warning
light
LS16001a
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
LS16002
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
The gauge indicates the approximate
quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
when the ignition switch is on.
The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
Nearly full—Needle at “F”
Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
If the needle moves into the red zone,
your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
The needle moves when braking, accelerating or making turns. This is caused by
the movement of the fuel in the tank.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.
148
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Tachometer
Odometer and two trip meters
Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.
Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stop- and- go traffic.
Towing a trailer.
LS16003
LS16004
NOTICE
Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to control the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.
The tachometer indicates engine speed
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per
minute). Use it while driving to select
correct shift points and to prevent engine lugging and over- revving.
Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.
NOTICE
Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.
This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters.
1. Odometer—Shows the total
the vehicle has been driven.
distance
2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the electrical power source is disconnected.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
149
06 04.25
3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the knob. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, display the meter A reading, then push
and hold the knob until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.
150
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers
If the indicator or buzzer comes on...
(a)
Do this.
If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(indicator and buzzer)
(b)
Fasten driver’s seat belt.
(indicator and buzzer)
(c)
Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.
(d)
Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(e)
Stop and check.
(f)
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
(g)
Replace engine oil.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
151
06 04.25
If the indicator or buzzer comes on...
(h)
(i)
Low fuel level
warning light
or
Do this.
Fill up tank.
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(j)
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
(k)
Close all doors.
(l)
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.
(m)
Adjust tire inflation pressure (including spare tire). If the light remains, contact Toyota
dealer.
(n)
Stop and check.
152
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
If the indicator or buzzer comes on...
(o)
Key reminder buzzer
Do this.
Remove key.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
153
06 04.25
(a) Brake System Warning Light and
buzzer
This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.
When the parking brake is applied...
This light comes on for a few seconds
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position even after the parking brake
is released.
When the brake fluid level is low...
CAUTION
It is dangerous to continue driving
normally when the brake fluid level is
low.
When the hydraulic brake booster
fails (with the vehicle stability control system)...
If the hydraulic booster causes a problem
resulting in poor braking performance, the
warning light comes on and buzzer sounds
continuously.
Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following case:
The light does not come on even if the
parking brake is applied when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.
The light does not come on even if the
ignition key is turned on with the parking brake released.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
CAUTION
Without the vehicle stability control
system—
If either of the following conditions
occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
The light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.
In this case, the brakes may not
work properly and your stopping
distance will become longer. Depress the brake pedal firmly and
bring the vehicle to an immediate
stop.
The brake system warning light remains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.
In this case, not only the anti- lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
With the vehicle stability control system—
If any of the following conditions occurs, immediately stop your vehicle at
a safe place and contact your Toyota
dealer.
The light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.
The warning buzzer comes on together with the warning light.
In either case, this can indicate that
the brakes may not work properly
and your stopping distance will become longer. Depress the brake
pedal firmly and bring the vehicle
to an immediate stop.
The brake system warning light remains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.
154
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
In this case, not only the anti- lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
With the vehicle stability control system—
Any of the following conditions may occur, but do not indicate the malfunction:
The light may stay on for about 60
seconds after the ignition key is turned
to the “ON” position. It is normal if it
turns off after a while.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the warning light and
buzzer. It is normal if the light turns off
and the buzzer stops sounding after a
few seconds.
You may hear a small sound in the
engine compartment
started or the brake
repeatedly. This is
sound of the brake
not a malfunction.
after the engine is
pedal is depressed
a pump pulsating
system, and it is
(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
and Buzzer
The light and buzzer act as a reminder to
buckle up the driver’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes and
buzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt is
not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the
belt, the light continues flashing and the
buzzer stops after about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Front Passenger’s
minder Light
Seat
Belt
Re-
The light acts as a reminder to have the
front passenger buckle up the seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes if a
passenger sits in the front passenger seat
and does not fasten the seat belt.
(d) Charging System Warning Light
This warning light comes on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position,
and goes off when the engine is started.
When there are problems in the charging
system while the engine is running, the
warning light comes on.
NOTICE
When the charging system warning
light comes on while the engine is
running, malfunctions such as the engine drive belt being broken may have
occurred. If the warning light comes
on, immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact your Toyota
dealer.
If luggage or other load is placed on the
front passenger seat, depending on its
weight, the reminder light may flash.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
155
06 04.25
(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This light warns that the engine oil pressure is too low.
If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.
The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.
NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.
(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position and
goes off after the engine starts. This
means that the warning light system is
operating properly.
If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
comes on while driving, first check the
followings.
Empty fuel tank
If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immediately.
Loose fuel tank cap
If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
tighten it.
These cases are temporary malfunctions.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips.
If the lamp does not go off even after
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
If engine speed does not increase when
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
may be a problem somewhere in the electronic throttle control system.
At this time, vibration may occur. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erroneous pedal operation.
If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel
tank cap is not loose...
There is a problem somewhere in the
engine, emission control system, electronic throttle control system, automatic
transmission electrical system or warning light system itself.
156
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) programs
Your vehicle may not pass a state
emission inspection if the malfunction
indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s
emission
control
system
and
OBD
(On- Board Diagnostics) system before
taking your vehicle for the inspection.
For details, see “Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.
(g) Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
Light (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
This light acts as a reminder to replace
the engine oil.
This light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
about a few seconds.
When you drive for about 7200 km (4500
miles) after the engine oil replacement,
this light illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then flashes for about 12 seconds
with the ignition key turned to the “ON”
position. If you continue driving without
replacing the engine oil, and if the
distance driven exceeds 8000 km (5000
miles), the light will come on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON” position.
The light will remain on thereafter.
If the light is flashing, we recommend that
you replace the engine oil at an early
opportunity depending on the driving and
road conditions. If the light comes on,
replace it as soon as possible.
The system must be reset after the
engine oil replacement. Reset the system
by the following procedure:
1. Turn the ignition key to the “OFF” position with the odometer reading shown.
(For details, see “Odometer and two
trip meters” on page 149 in this Section.)
2. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” position while holding down the trip meter
reset knob.
Hold down the knob for at least 5
seconds. The odometer indicates “000000”
and the light goes off.
If the system fails to reset, the light will
continue flashing.
(h) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
(i) “ABS” Warning Light
Without the
system—
vehicle
stability
control
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the antilock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate
but the brake assist system still operates.
In this case, the wheels could lock up
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the parts monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
157
06 04.25
The light comes on while you are driving.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti- lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
With rear differential lock: However, it is
a normal operation for the light to be on
with rear differential locked. At this time,
the anti- lock brake system does not operate.
With the vehicle stability control system—
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the antilock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
of the systems malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
following systems do not operate, but the
brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate,
so that the wheels will lock up during a
sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the components monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.
Anti- lock brake system
Brake assist system
The light comes on while you are dri-
Traction control system
ving.
“AUTO LSD” system
Vehicle stability control system
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
Downhill assist control system
Hill- start assist control system
158
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
With rear differential lock: The light
comes on with rear differential locked.
At this time, the anti- lock brake system, the brake assist system, the vehicle stability control system, the traction control system, the downhill assist
control system and the hill- start assist
control system do not operate.
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti- lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
Any of the following conditions may occur, but do not indicate a malfunction:
The light may stay on for about 60
seconds after the ignition key is turned
to the “ON” position. It is normal if it
turns off after a while.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
turns off after a few seconds.
(j) “VSC TRAC” Warning Light
The light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.
Vehicle stability control system
Traction control system
“AUTO LSD” system
The lights will come on when the ignition
key turned to “ON”, and will go off after
a few seconds.
It is not a malfunction that the lights may
stay on for 60 seconds after the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the lights. It is normal if they
go out after a few seconds.
If the lights come on while driving, the
above mentioned systems do not work.
However, as conventional braking operates
when applied, there is no problem to continue your driving.
Downhill assist control system
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
Hill- start assist control system
The lights do not come on after the
Four- wheel drive models, and two- wheel
drive models with the rear differential lock
system—the “VSC OFF” indicator light will
come on with the “VSC TRAC” warning
light if there is a problem somewhere in
the vehicle stability control system
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The lights remain on after the ignition
key is turned to “ON”.
The lights come on while driving.
The slip indicator light will come on with
the “VSC TRAC” warning light if there is
a problem somewhere in the following.
Traction control system
“AUTO LSD” system
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
159
06 04.25
(k) Open Door Warning Light
This light remains on until all the doors
are completely closed.
(l) SRS Warning Light
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle.
If the warning light blinks, the tire pressure warning system may be malfunctioning. Contact your Toyota dealer.
For details, see “Tire pressure warning
system” on page 192 in Section 1- 7.
This light will come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
After about 6 seconds, the light will go
off. This means the systems of the airbag and front seat belt pretensioners
are operating properly.
The light does not come on when the
The light comes on while driving.
This light warns that the automatic transmission fluid temperature is too high.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system∗, passenger airbag
off switch, passenger airbag on- off indicator light, seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, interconnecting wiring and
power sources.
(m) Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
If this light comes on while you are driving, slow down and pull off the road. Stop
the vehicle at a safe place and put the
selector lever in “P”. With the engine idling, wait until the light goes off. If the
light goes off, you may start the vehicle
again. If the light does not go off, call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
∗:
The front passenger occupant classification system includes the front passenger
occupant classification ECU, pressure sensor, load sensor, front passenger’s seat
belt buckle switch, front passenger’s seat
position sensor and belt tension sensor.
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds.
This light warns that the tire inflation pressure of one or more of your tires (including the spare tire) is low. The light comes
on when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position. It goes off after a few seconds. This indicates that the low tire pressure warning system is functioning properly.
If the light comes on, stop your vehicle in
a safe place as soon as possible and
check that the tire inflation pressure of all
tires (including the spare tire) is as
specified on
the
tire and loading
information label. (See “Checking tire
inflation pressure” on page 366 in Section
7- 2.) The light should go off a few
minutes after the tire pressure is adjusted.
160
(n) Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Warning Light (four- wheel
drive models only)
NOTICE
Continued driving with the warning
light on may damage the automatic
transmission.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
(o) Key Reminder Buzzer
This buzzer acts as a reminder to remove
the key when you open the driver’s door
with the ignition key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
CHECKING
SERVICE
REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Open one of the doors.
The open door warning light should
come on.
3. Close the door.
The open door warning light should go
off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators except the open door warning light should
come on.
The following service reminder indicators go off after a few seconds:
Engine oil replacement reminder light
“ABS” warning light
Slip indicator light
Downhill assist control system indicator
light
The SRS warning light goes off after
about 6 seconds.
With the vehicle stability control system—
There may be the case that the “ABS”
warning light (brake assist system
warning light), “VSC TRAC” warning
light, slip indicator light or “VSC OFF”
indicator light stay on for about 60 seconds after the ignition key is turned to
the “ON” position. It is normal if they
go out after a while.
If any service reminder indicator or warning buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
“VSC TRAC” warning light
“VSC OFF” indicator light
“AUTO LSD” indicator light
Low tire pressure warning light
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
161
06 04.25
162
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
1- 7
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four- wheel drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
“AUTO LSD” system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle stability control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Downhill assist control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill- start assist control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear differential lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch start cancel switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
165
173
175
179
181
183
186
188
191
192
199
199
202
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
163
06 04.25
Ignition switch
“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be removed only at this position.
LS17001a
You must push in the key to turn the key
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. On
vehicles with an automatic transmission,
the selector lever must be put in the “P”
position before pushing the key.
Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—
Once you remove the key, the engine immobilizer system is automatically set. (See
“Engine immobilizer system” on page 15
in Section 1- 2.)
“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see page 297 in Section
3.
When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.
Approximately five hours after the engine
is turned off, you may hear sound coming
from underneath the deck for several minutes. This is normal operation and does
not indicate a malfunction. (See “Leak
detection pump” on page x.)
If you leave the key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.
It is not a malfunction if the needles on
all meters and gauges move slightly when
the key is turned to the “ACC”, “ON” or
“START” position.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.
164
CAUTION
For manual transmission:
Never remove the key when the vehicle is moving, as this will lock the
steering wheel and result in loss of
steering control.
NOTICE
Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Automatic transmission (5- speed)
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and key removal
R: Reverse
LS17002
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrive
possible)
4: Engine braking (shifting into overdrive
not possible)
3, 2: Stronger engine braking
With the brake pedal depressed.
(The ignition switch must be in
“ON” position.)
L: Maximum engine braking
Shift normally.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
165
06 04.25
(b) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
When the front drive control switch knob
is in “L4” (low- speed position, four- wheel
drive), the driving pattern selector setting
has no effect on gear shift timing. (See
“Four- wheel drive system” on page 175 in
this Section for information of the front
drive control lever.)
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.
Always use the “D” position for better fuel
economy and quieter driving. If the engine
coolant temperature is low or when the
front drive control switch knob is in “L4”
(low- speed position, four- wheel drive), the
transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear even in the “D” position. (See
“Four- wheel drive system” on page 175 in
this Section for information of the front
drive control.)
Four- wheel drive models
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(c) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
Shift into the “4” position. The transmission will downshift to fourth gear
and engine braking will be enabled.
Shift into the “3” position. The transmission will downshift to third gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.
PreRunner . . . . . . 133 km/h (83 mph)
166
Front drive control switch knob at
“H2” or “H4”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 km/h (83 mph)
Front drive control switch knob at
“L4”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 km/h (32 mph)
Shift into the “2” position. The transmission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.
PreRunner . . . . . . . . . 88 km/h (55 mph)
Four- wheel drive models
Front drive control switch
“H2” or “H4”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 km/h
Front drive control switch
“L4”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 km/h
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
knob at
(55 mph)
knob at
(21 mph)
06 04.25
Shift into the “L” position. The transmission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.
PreRunner . . . . . . . . . 42 km/h (26 mph)
Four- wheel drive models
Front drive control switch knob at
“H2” or “H4”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 km/h (26 mph)
Front drive control switch knob at
“L4”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 km/h (10 mph)
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift from “D” to “4”, engine braking
will not be enabled because the cruise
control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” on page 199 in this
Section.
CAUTION
NOTICE
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to skid or
spin.
Be careful not to over- rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
(d) Using “3”, “2” and “L” positions
The “3”, “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described previously.
PreRunner
“3” . . . . . . . 138 km/h (86 mph)
“2” . . . . . . . . 95 km/h (59 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . 55 km/h (34 mph)
With the selector lever in “3”, “2” or “L”,
you can start the vehicle in motion as
with the lever in “D”.
Four- wheel drive models
Front drive control switch knob at
“H2” or “H4”—
With the selector lever in “3” or “2”, the
vehicle will start in first gear and automatically shift to third gear or second gear.
“3” . . . . . . . 138 km/h (86 mph)
“2” . . . . . . . . 95 km/h (59 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . 55 km/h (34 mph)
With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.
Front drive control switch knob at
“L4”—
“3” . . . . . . . . 54 km/h (33 mph)
“2” . . . . . . . . 37 km/h (23 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . 21 km/h (13 mph)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
167
06 04.25
Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“3”, “2” or “L” position. This may
cause severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To
prevent such damage, “4” position
should be used in hill climbing or
hard towing.
(e) Backing up
(g) Good driving practice
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.
and down between fourth gear and
overdrive when climbing a gentle slope,
shift the selector lever to the “4” position. Be sure to shift the selector lever
to the “D” position immediately afterward.
When towing a trailer, in order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not
use “D” position.
(f) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal pressed down,
fully depress the parking brake pedal
to apply the parking brake securely.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” position.
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
168
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator pedal, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
(h) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” on page 337 in Section 4.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
169
06 04.25
Automatic transmission (4- speed)
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and key removal
R: Reverse
LS17003
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrive
possible)
3: Engine braking (shifting into overdrive
not possible)
2: Stronger engine braking
With the brake pedal depressed (The ignition switch
must be in “ON” position.)
L: Maximum engine braking
Shift normally.
170
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
(b) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” on page 298 in
Section 3. The transmission must be in
“P” or “N”.
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.
Always use the “D” position for better fuel
economy and quieter driving. If the engine
coolant temperature is low, the transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear
even in the “D” position.
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.
Shift into the “3” position. The transmission will downshift to third gear.
Shift into the “2” position. The transmission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 119 km/h (74 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.
Shift into the “L” position. The transmission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 57 km/h (35 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.
When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift from “D” to “3”,
engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” on page 199 in this
Section.
(c) Using engine braking
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described previously.
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in first gear and automatically
shift to second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.
NOTICE
Be careful not to over- rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” . . . . . . . . . . . 120 km/h (74 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 km/h (40 mph)
CAUTION
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(d) Using “2” and “L” positions
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to skid or
spin.
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
171
06 04.25
Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” or “3” position
should be used in hill climbing or
hard towing.
CAUTION
NOTICE
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator pedal, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.
(g) Good driving practice
(e) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.
(f) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal pressed down,
fully depress the parking brake pedal
to apply the parking brake securely.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” position.
If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
(h) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position
and down between third gear and overdrive when climbing a gentle slope,
shift the selector lever to the “3” position. Be sure to shift the selector lever
to the “D” position immediately afterward.
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” on page 337 in Section 4.
When towing a trailer, in order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not
use “D” position. The selector lever
must be in the “3” position.
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
172
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Manual transmission
The shift pattern is conventional as
shown above.
LS17004
5- speed
In case of driving your vehicle with
6- speed manual transmission, the buzzer
will sound when you shift the gear into
“R” (reverse).
5- speed models
1
2
3
4
to
to
to
to
gear
2 or 2
3 or 3
4 or 4
5 or 5
to
to
to
to
1
2
3
4
km/h
24
40
64
72
(mph)
(15)
(25)
(40)
(45)
1
2
3
4
5
km/h
24
40
64
72
80
(mph)
(15)
(25)
(40)
(45)
(50)
Press the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, and then release it slowly. Do not
rest your foot on the pedal while driving,
because it will cause clutch trouble. Do
not use the clutch to hold the vehicle
when stopped on an uphill grade–use the
parking brake.
6- speed models
Recommended shifting speeds
Downshift to the appropriate gear if acceleration is needed when you are cruising
below the above downshifting speeds.
The transmission is fully synchronized and
upshifting or downshifting is easy.
For the best compromise between fuel
economy and vehicle performance, you
should upshift or downshift at the following
speeds:
LS17005
1
2
3
4
5
to
to
to
to
to
gear
2 or 2
3 or 3
4 or 4
5 or 5
6 or 6
to
to
to
to
to
Upshifting too soon or downshifting too
late will cause lugging, and possibly pinging. Regularly revving the engine to maximum speed in each gear will cause excessive engine wear and high fuel
consumption.
6- speed
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
173
06 04.25
Maximum allowable speeds
To get on a highway or to pass slower
traffic, maximum acceleration may be necessary. Make sure you observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each
gear:
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
5- speed models
gear
1
2
3
4
km/h (mph)
53 (33)
101 (63)
146 (90)
209 (130)
6- speed models
gear
1
2
3
4
km/h (mph)
52 (32)
99 (61)
146 (91)
182 (113)
PreRunner
5- speed models
gear
1
2
3
4
km/h (mph)
48 (30)
92 (57)
133 (82)
190 (118)
6- speed models
gear
1
2
3
4
5
Good driving practice
If it is difficult to shift into reverse, put
km/h (mph)
49 (30)
93 (58)
137 (85)
171 (106)
204 (127)
the transmission in neutral, release the
clutch pedal momentarily, and then try
again.
When towing a trailer, in order to main-
Four- wheel drive models
5- speed models
gear
km/h (mph)
“H2” or “H4”
“L4”
1
48 (30)
18 (11)
2
92 (57)
36 (22)
3
133 (82)
51 (32)
4
190 (118)
74 (46)
6- speed models
gear
km/h (mph)
“H2” or “H4”
“L4”
1
49 (30)
19 (11)
2
93 (58)
36 (22)
3
137 (85)
53 (33)
4
171 (106)
66 (41)
5
204 (127)
79 (49)
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use fifth gear (5- speed models) or
sixth gear (6- speed models).
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to skid or
spin.
NOTICE
Do not use any gears other than
first gear when starting off and
moving forward. Doing so may damage the clutch.
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into reverse.
NOTICE
Do not downshift if you are going
faster than the maximum allowable
speed for the next lower gear.
174
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Four- wheel drive system
(a) Front drive control
Use the front drive control switch knob
to select the following transfer modes.
“H2” (high speed position, two- wheel
drive): Front drive control switch knob at
“H2”
Use this for normal driving on dry hardsurfaced roads. This position gives greater
economy, quietest ride, least wear and
better vehicle control.
“H4” (high speed position, four- wheel
drive): Front drive control switch knob at
“H4”
LS17006
Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use “L4” position for climbing or descending steep hills, off- road driving, and hard
pulling in sand, mud or deep snow.
See “(c) Shifting procedure” for further instructions.
With
the
vehicle
stability
control
system—In this mode, the vehicle stability
control system is off. (See “Vehicle
stability control system” on page 183 in
this Section.)
The four- wheel drive indicator light comes
on when the “H4” mode is selected.
Use this for normal driving on wet, icy or
snow- covered roads. This position provides greater traction than two- wheel
drive.
With
the
vehicle
stability
control
system—In this mode, the vehicle stability
control system is off. (See “Vehicle
stability control system” on page 183 in
this Section)
“L4” (low speed position, four- wheel
drive): Front drive control switch knob at
“L4”
The four- wheel drive and “4LO” (low
speed four- wheel drive) indicator lights
come on when the “L4” mode is selected.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
175
06 04.25
(b) A.D.D. (automatic
disconnecting differential)
(c) Shifting procedure (with
manual transmission)
The A.D.D. can be engaged or disengaged by the shifting operations described in “(c) Shifting procedure”.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”
You should drive in four- wheel drive for
at least 16 km (10 miles) each month.
This will assure that the front drive components are lubricated.
To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce the
vehicle speed to less than 100 km/h (62
mph) and turn the front drive control
switch knob fully clockwise.
If the four- wheel drive indicator light continues to blink when you operate the front
drive control switch knob from the “H2” to
the “H4” position, this reminds you that
the transfer mode is not securely in “H4”
mode. Drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating.
If the four- wheel drive indicator light continues to blink and the buzzer sounds
when you operate the front drive control
switch knob from the “H2” to the “H4”
position, this reminds you that the transfer
mode is not in “H4” mode. Stop the vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to less
than 100 km/h (62 mph). Operate the
switch knob again.
CAUTION
To shift from “H4” to “H2”, turn the
front drive control switch knob fully counterclockwise.
This can be done at any speed. You need
not depress the clutch pedal.
If the four- wheel drive indicator light continues to blink when you operate the front
drive control switch knob from the “H4” to
the “H2” position, this reminds you that
the transfer mode is not securely in “H2”
mode. Drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive forward or
backward in a short distance.
If the indicator light continues to blink
even if doing so, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. There may be
a trouble in the four- wheel drive system.
CAUTION
Never operate the front drive control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.
Never operate the front drive control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.
176
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
(c) Shifting procedure (with
automatic transmission)
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”
To shift from “H4” to “L4”, stop the
vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to
less than 3 km/h (2 mph). With your foot
off the accelerator pedal, depress the
clutch pedal and push and turn the front
drive control switch knob fully clockwise.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”
CAUTION
Never operate the front drive control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.
To shift from “L4” to “H4”, stop the
vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to
less than 3 km/h (2 mph). With your foot
off the accelerator pedal, depress the
clutch pedal and turn the front drive control switch knob fully counterclockwise.
To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce the
vehicle speed to less than 100 km/h (62
mph) and turn the front drive control
switch knob fully clockwise.
If the four- wheel drive indicator light continues to blink when you operate the front
drive control switch knob from the “H2” to
the “H4” position, this reminds you that
the transfer mode is not securely in “H4”
mode. Drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating.
If the four- wheel drive indicator light continues to blink and the buzzer sounds
when you operate the front drive control
switch knob from the “H2” to the “H4”
position, this reminds you that the transfer
mode is not in “H4” mode. Stop the vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to less
than 100 km/h (62 mph). Operate the
switch knob again.
If the “4LO” (low speed four- wheel drive)
indicator light continues to blink when you
operate the front drive control switch knob
to the “H4” or “L4” position, drive forward
or backward in a short distance, then stop
the vehicle completely, depress the clutch
pedal and operate the switch knob again.
If the indicator continues to blink even if
doing so, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible. There may be a trouble
in the four- wheel drive system.
CAUTION
Never operate the front drive control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
177
06 04.25
To shift from “H4” to “H2”, turn the
front drive control switch knob fully counterclockwise.
This can be done at any speed.
If the four- wheel drive indicator light continues to blink when you operate the front
drive control switch knob from the “H4” to
the “H2” position, this reminds you that
the transfer mode is not securely in “H2”
mode. Drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive forward or
backward in a short distance.
If the indicator light continues to blink
even if doing so, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. There may be
a trouble in the four- wheel drive system.
CAUTION
Never operate the front drive control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”
To shift from “H4” to “L4”, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop with the brake
pedal held down with your foot, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever into
“N” and push and turn the front drive
control switch knob fully clockwise.
CAUTION
Never operate the front drive control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.
To shift from “L4” to “H4”, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop with the brake
pedal held down with your foot, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever into
“N” and turn the front drive control switch
knob counterclockwise.
If the “4LO” (low speed four- wheel drive)
indicator light continues to blink when you
operate the front drive control switch knob
to the “H4” or “L4” position, drive forward
or backward in a short distance, then stop
the vehicle completely, shift the automatic
transmission selector lever securely into
“N” and operate the switch knob again.
If the indicator continues to blink even if
doing so, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible. There may be a trouble
in the four- wheel drive system.
178
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Traction control system
The traction control system automatically helps prevent the spinning of rear
wheels (two- wheel drive models) or 4
wheels (four- wheel drive models) when
the vehicle is started or accelerated on
slippery road surfaces.
When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the system automatically turns on.
When the traction control system is operating, the following conditions occur:
The system controls the spinning of the
rear wheels (two- wheel drive models)
or 4 wheels (four- wheel drive models).
At this time, the slip indicator light
blinks.
LS17007
You may feel vibration or noise in your
vehicle, caused by operation of the
brakes. This indicates the system is
functioning properly.
CAUTION
Under certain slippery road conditions, full traction of the vehicle and
power to the rear wheels (two- wheel
drive models) or 4 wheels (four- wheel
drive models) cannot be maintained,
even though the traction control system is in operation. Do not drive the
vehicle under any speed or maneuvering conditions which may cause the
vehicle to lose traction control. In situations where the road surface is
covered with ice or snow, your vehicle should be fitted with snow tires
or tire chains. Always drive at an appropriate and cautious speed for the
present road conditions.
Leave the system on during the ordinary driving so that it can operate
when needed.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the traction control system is in the self- check
mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.
The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the following systems under conditions such as on
slippery roads.
Traction control system
“AUTO LSD” system
Downhill assist control system
Hill- start assist control system
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
179
06 04.25
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the light will
come on and will go off after a few seconds.
If the brake actuator temperature becomes
too high while any of the systems is operating, a buzzer will start to sound intermittently to indicate that the traction control
system can no longer operate. In this
case, immediately stop your vehicle at a
safe place.
LS17017
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)
At the time, the slip indicator light will
come on and the traction control system
temporarily stops operating in order to
protect the brake actuator. (Although the
traction control system does not operate,
it is no problem to continue driving.) The
system will be automatically restored after
a short time and the slip indicator light
goes off.
With rear differential lock: However, it is
a normal operation for the light to be on
with rear differential locked. At this time,
the traction control system does not operate.
It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the lights. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
“VSC TRAC” warning light
This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.
Traction control system
Vehicle stability control system
“AUTO LSD” system
If the “VSC TRAC” warning light and slip
indicator light come on while driving, the
traction control system does not work.
However, as the brakes operate normally
when applied, it is no problem to continue
your driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
Downhill assist control system
Hill- start assist control system
The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light comes on while driving.
180
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
“AUTO LSD” system
CAUTION
LS17011
Do not use the “AUTO LSD” system
in conditions other than the above. A
much greater steering effort and more
careful cornering control will be required.
The “AUTO LSD” system aids traction
by using the traction control system to
control engine performance and braking
when one of the rear wheels begins to
spin.
LS17014
To activate the system, push the “AUTO
LSD” switch with the vehicle stopped.
The “AUTO LSD” is activated under the
following condition. At this time, the
“AUTO LSD” indicator light will come
on.
This system should be used only when
wheel spinning occurs in a ditch or
rough surface.
The driving mode is set in the twowheel drive mode (In the four- wheel
drive mode, the system does not
work.)
This system is effective in case one of
the rear wheels is spinning.
Driving at a speed under 100 km/h (62
mph)
To cancel the system, push the “AUTO
LSD” switch once again.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
181
06 04.25
If the engine is turned off while the
“AUTO LSD” indicator light is on and then
restarted, the indicator light will turn off
automatically.
The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the following systems under conditions such as on
slippery roads.
“AUTO LSD” system
Traction control system
Hill- start assist control system
LS17015
Make sure the “AUTO LSD” indicator light
comes on under the above condition when
you use the “AUTO LSD” system.
The slip indicator light blinks when the
system is controlling the spinning of the
rear wheels.
The “AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lights
come on for a few seconds when the
ignition key is turned to “ON”. If the indicator lights does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to “ON”, contact
your Toyota dealer.
182
If the brake actuator temperature becomes
too high while any of the systems is operating, a buzzer will start to sound intermittently to indicate that the “AUTO LSD”
system can no longer operate. In this
case, immediately stop your vehicle at a
safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)
At the time the slip indicator light will
come on and the “AUTO LSD” system
temporarily stops operating in order to
protect the brake actuator. (Although the
“AUTO LSD” system does not operate, it
is no problem to continue driving.) The
system will be automatically restored after
a short time and the slip indicator light
goes off.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Vehicle stability control
system
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the light will
come on and will go off after a few seconds.
LS17017
It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the lights. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
“VSC TRAC” warning light
These lights warn that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.
“AUTO LSD” system
Traction control system
Vehicle stability control system
Hill- start assist control system
If the “VSC TRAC” warning light and slip
indicator light come on while driving, the
“AUTO LSD” system does not work. However, as the brakes operate normally when
applied, it is no problem to continue your
driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
The warning light does not come on
The vehicle stability control system
helps provide integrated control of the
systems such as anti- lock brake system, traction control, engine control,
etc. This system automatically controls
the output of the brakes or engine to
help prevent the vehicle from skidding
when cornering on a slippery road surface or operating steering wheel abruptly.
The vehicle stability control activates
when the vehicle speed is more than 15
km/h (9 mph).
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the system is in the self- check mode, but does
not indicate a malfunction.
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light comes on while driving.
NOTICE
Do not drive with the “AUTO LSD”
switch continuously turned on.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
183
06 04.25
CAUTION
Do not rely excessively on the vehicle stability control system. Even
if the vehicle stability control system is operating, you must always
drive carefully and attentively to
avoid serious injury. Reckless driving will result in an unexpected accident. If the slip indicator light
blinks and an alarm sounds, special
care should be taken while driving.
LS17007
LS17010
Only use tires of specified size. The
size, manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern for all 4 tires should be the
same. If you use the tires other
than specified, or different type or
size, the vehicle stability control
system may not function correctly.
When replacing the tires or wheels,
contact your Toyota dealer. (See
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 369 in Section 7- 2.)
If the vehicle is going to skid during driving, the slip indicator light blinks and an
alarm sounds intermittently. Special care
should be taken while driving.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.
The vehicle stability control system automatically turns off, and the “VSC
OFF” indicator light is illuminated,
when either one of the following conditions applies:
Four- wheel drive mode is set. (on
four- wheel drive models)
The rear differential is locked. (on models equipped with the rear differential
lock system)
The “VSC OFF” indicator light comes on
for a few seconds when the ignition key
is turned to “ON”, and then turns off. If
either one of the above conditions applies,
the indicator light is illuminated again.
184
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
The light may come on for 60 seconds
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”. It
is normal if they go out after a while.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition key
“ON”.
is
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if they
go out after a few seconds.
turned to
The indicator light remains on after the
LS17017
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
If the light comes on while driving, the
vehicle stability control system does not
work. However, as the brakes operate normally when applied, it is no problem to
continue your driving.
The indicator light comes on when the
system is on while driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
The warning light does not come on
“VSC TRAC” warning light
This light warns that when there is a
problem somewhere in the following.
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
Vehicle stability control system
The warning light comes on while driv-
Traction control system
ing.
“AUTO LSD” system
Four- wheel drive models, and two- wheel
drive models with the rear differential lock
system—
Hill- start assist control system
Downhill assist control system
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to “ON”, and will go off after a
few seconds.
The “VSC OFF” indicator light comes on
when the “VSC TRAC” warning light
comes on, even when the front drive control switch knob is in the “H2” position or
the rear differential is unlocked.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
185
06 04.25
Downhill assist control system
The downhill assist control system is a
system that assists the deceleration of
the engine brake when you drive down
a steep hill. When you are driving down
a hill with the front drive control switch
knob in the “L4” position, push the
“DAC” switch to limit the vehicle’s acceleration. If the vehicle is traveling at
a speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less,
you can descend at a constant speed.
CAUTION
Do not rely excessively on the downhill assist control system. It may not
be able to maintain a low speed over
road surfaces or off- road surfaces on
which sliding can easily occur, such
as extremely steep slopes or icy or
muddy roads.
TO ACTIVATE THE DOWNHILL ASSIST
CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Turn the front drive control switch
knob to the “L4” position.
The system does not operate when the
front drive control switch knob is in the
“H2” or “H4” position, or the rear differential is locked.
LS17016
2. In order to make full use of the engine brake, putting the transmission
in “L” or “2” is recommended.
The system will operate even if the transmission selector lever is in “D”, “4”, “3”
or “N”. However, when it is in “L” or “2”
the engine brake can also be utilized enabling the system to operate more effectively.
3. Push the “DAC” switch to turn the
system on. The downhill assist control system indicator light on the instrument panel will come on.
If the downhill assist control system indicator light flashes, one of the following
may be the cause:
The selector lever is in the “N” position.
The front drive control switch knob is
in the “H2” or “H4” position.
The rear differential is locked.
If the indicator light does not come on
when the switch is pushed, contact your
Toyota dealer.
186
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS17007
With the vehicle traveling at a speed of
25 km/h (15 mph) or less, release your
foot from the accelerator or brake pedal
to activate the system. The vehicle will
descend the hill at a low speed. While the
system is operating, the slip indicator light
on the instrument panel will flash and the
stop lights and high mounted stoplight will
be lit.
If you push the “DAC” switch to turn the
system off while it is in operation, the
system will stop operating gradually. The
downhill assist control system indicator
light will flash to alert the driver. To continue driving at a low speed, push the
“DAC” switch to turn the system on.
The slip indicator light and downhill assist
control system indicator light come on for
a few seconds when the ignition key is
turned to “ON”. If any of the indicator
lights does not come on when the ignition
is turned on, contact your Toyota dealer.
If the system is used frequently, the
brake actuator temperature may become
too high and a buzzer will sound intermittently.
If this happens, the downhill assist control
system indicator light will flash and a
buzzer will sound intermittently. When the
temperature of the brake actuator decreases, the system will begin to operate
again. Until it restarts, the traction control
system and hill- start assist control system
will not operate; however, the conventional
brake can be operated.
The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the following systems under conditions such as on
slippery roads.
If the brake actuator temperature becomes
too high while any of the systems is operating, a buzzer will start to sound intermittently to indicate that the downhill assist
control system can no longer operate. In
this case, stop your vehicle immediately at
a safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)
At this time, the slip indicator light will
come on and the downhill assist control
system stops operating temporarily in order to protect the brake actuator. (Although the downhill assist control system
does not operate, it is no problem to continue your driving.) The system will be
automatically restored after a short time
and the slip indicator light goes out.
Downhill assist control system
Hill- start assist control system
Traction control system
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
187
06 04.25
Hill- start assist control
system (automatic
transmission only)
“VSC TRAC” warning light
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the warning
light will come on and will go off after a
few seconds.
LS17017
It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
If there is any abnormality in the system, the “VSC TRAC” warning light will
come on. When the “DAC” switch is
pushed, the downhill assist control system indicator light also flash.
If the “VSC TRAC” warning light comes
on, there may be an abnormality in any
of the following system in addition to the
downhill assist control system.
Hill- start assist control system
Traction control system
Vehicle stability control system
If the warning light comes on while driving, the system does not work. However,
as normal braking operates when being
applied, it is no problem to continue your
driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light remains on after the
The hill- start assist control system assists you in starting to move up a
steep or slippery hill. When you start
to move up the hill slope, the system
helps to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward in the interval while you
move your foot from the brake pedal to
the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION
Do not rely excessively on the hillstart assist control system. The vehicle may not be able to start
smoothly on road surfaces or offroad surfaces such as extremely
steep slopes or icy roads, on which
sliding can occur very easily.
Do not use the hill- start assist control system to stop the vehicle. This
system is not designed as a function for stopping the vehicle on a
uphill slope.
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light comes on while driving.
Downhill assist control system
188
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
The hill- start assist control system will
operate for 5 seconds maximally when
all of the following conditions apply.
Keep in mind the following when driving.
The hill- start assist control system op-
5- speed
automatic transmission—
When the transmission is in any of
positions “D”, “4”, “3”, “2” or “L”
4- speed automatic transmission—
When the transmission is in any of
positions “D”, “3”, “2” or “L”
erates for 5 seconds maximally. If both
the brake and accelerator pedals remain unexpressed for longer than 5
seconds, the buzzer will sound at more
frequent intervals and the system will
gradually stop operating.
LS17007
The hill- start assist control system is
When the brake pedal is not depressed
The system is designed to operate when
the vehicle is starting on an uphill slope;
therefore, if the transmission is in “P” or
“N” it will not operate. It will not operate
either if the vehicle starts to move in
reverse on a slope with the transmission
in the “R” or the rear differential is locked.
(with the rear differential lock)
When the hill- start assist control system
is operating, the slip indicator light flashes
and an alarm sounds intermittently. At the
same time, the stop lamps and high
mounted stoplight are lit.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.
not designed as a function for stopping
the vehicle on a uphill slope. When
stopping the vehicle, be sure to depress the brake pedal.
If the system is used frequently, the
brake actuator temperature may become
too high and a buzzer will sound intermittently.
In this case, a buzzer will sound intermittently. When the temperature of the brake
actuator goes down, the system will begin
to operate again. Until it restarts, the traction control system, “AUTO LSD” system,
hill- start assist control system and downhill assist control system will not operate;
however, the conventional brake can be
operated.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
189
06 04.25
“VSC TRAC” warning light
The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the following systems under conditions such as on
slippery roads.
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the warning
light will come on and will go off after a
few seconds.
Hill- start assist control system
LS17017
Downhill assist control system
Traction control system
It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
“AUTO LSD” system
If the brake actuator temperature becomes
too high while any of the systems is operating, a buzzer will start to sound intermittently to indicate that the hill- start assist
control system can no longer operate. In
this case, stop your vehicle immediately at
a safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)
At this time, the slip indicator light will
come on and the hill- start assist control
system stops operating temporarily in order to protect the brake actuator. (Although the hill- start assist control system
does not operate, it is no problem to continue your driving.) The system will be
automatically restored after a short time
and the slip indicator light goes out.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
If there is any abnormality in the system, the “VSC TRAC” warning light will
come on.
If the warning light comes on while driving, the system does not work. However,
as normal braking operates when being
applied, it is no problem to continue your
driving.
If the system malfunctions, the
TRAC” warning light will come on.
“VSC
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:
If the “VSC TRAC” warning light comes
on, there may be an abnormality in any
of the following systems in addition to the
hill- start assist control system.
The warning light does not come on
Downhill assist control system
Traction control system
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
The warning light comes on while driving.
“AUTO LSD” system
Vehicle stability control system
190
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Rear differential lock system
CAUTION
LS17011
Do not use the rear differential lock
in the conditions other than above.
Large steering effort and careful cornering control will be required.
LS17013
The rear differential lock system is provided for use only when wheel spinning
occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or
ragged surface.
To lock the rear differential, push the
switch.
This differential lock system is effective in
case one of the rear wheels is spinning.
For easy locking, depress the clutch pedal, push the lock switch and slowly release the clutch pedal.
Be sure to stop the wheels before locking
the differential.
Four- wheel drive models—
Before using the rear differential lock system, first shift the four- wheel drive control
into “L4” to see if this is sufficient. If this
has no effect, additionally use the rear
differential lock system.
The indicator light will blink when the
switch is turned on. Wait a few seconds
for the system to complete operation. After the differential is locked, the light will
stop blinking and remain on.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
191
06 04.25
Tire pressure warning
system—
The following systems do not operate
when the rear differential is locked. It is
normal operation for the “ABS” warning
light ,“VSC OFF” indicator light and slip
indicator light to be on at this time.
With the downhill assist control system: If
the “DAC” switch turns on, the downhill
assist control system indicator light
flashes.
Anti- lock brake system
Brake assist system
Vehicle stability control system
Traction control system
Downhill assist control system
Hill- start assist control system
CAUTION
Do not lock the differential until the
wheels have stopped spinning.
Otherwise, the vehicle may move in
an unexpected direction when the
differential lock is engaged, resulting in an accident. This may also
lead to possible damage to differential lock component parts.
To unlock the differential,
switch once again.
push
the
Unlock the differential as soon as the vehicle moves out.
For easy unlocking, slightly turn the steering wheel in either direction while the vehicle is in motion.
The tire pressure warning system is designed to provide warning when tire
inflation pressure of one or more of
your tires (including the spare tire) is
low. The low tire pressure warning light
comes on to inform you that low tire
inflation pressure may hamper driving.
When the differential lock is disengaged,
the indicator light will go out.
Four- wheel drive models—
The differential will also unlock if you shift
the front drive control switch knob to the
“H2” or “H4” position. Never forget to turn
off the switch after using this feature.
To check the indicator bulb, turn the ignition key to the “ON” position, but do not
start the engine.
CAUTION
Do not keep driving with the differential lock switch on.
Do not drive over 8 km/h (5 mph)
when the differential is locked.
192
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS17023
Stop your vehicle in a safe place as
soon as possible and check that the
inflation pressure of all tires (including
the spare tire) is as specified on the
tire and loading information label. (See
“Checking tire inflation pressure” on
page 366 in Section 7- 2.) If the warning
light comes on even after tire inflation
pressure adjustment, you may have a
flat tire. If you have a flat tire, replace
it with the spare tire. For details, see
“If you have a flat tire” on page 321 in
Section 4.
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT
The warning light goes off a few minutes
after air is put into the deflated tire.
This light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. It goes off
after a few seconds. This indicates that
the tire pressure warning system is functioning properly.
This warning light may turn on due to
natural causes such as natural air leaks
or tire pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire
pressure will turn off the warning light.
CAUTION
When the tire pressure warning light
comes on, observe the following instructions:
Depending on the conditions, reduce to an appropriate speed as
soon as possible.
Adjust the tire pressure to the specified level as soon as possible.
Avoid abrupt steering wheel maneuvering and braking. Tire deterioration may reduce steering wheel control and brake effectiveness. This
may lead to serious injury or death.
The tire pressure warning system
may not activate immediately if sudden bursts of air leakage occur.
If the low tire pressure warning light
comes on or blinks, do the following.
If the warning light comes on:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
193
06 04.25
NOTICE
Do not use liquid sealants for a flat
tire as air pressure sensors will be
damaged.
When the tires must be repaired or
replaced, have them repaired or replaced by the nearest Toyota dealer
or authorized tire dealer. Failure to
do so may cause the tire pressure
sensors to be damaged when the
tires are removed or installed.
The tire pressure warning system is
not to be used as a substitute for
regular inspections. Be sure to
check the air pressure in the tires
on a regular basis.
When the air pressure sensors are
removed, check the grommets for
damage, and make sure that the
grommets are free from dirt, dust
and any other foreign matter. If air
leakage is found, replace the grommets.
Tire inflation pressure should be
adjusted for all tires (including the
spare tire).
Warning tends to turn on when
driving at lower outside temperature, such as in winter, because tire
inflation pressure will be decreased
due to the low temperature. In this
case, after adjustment and initialization, leave the ignition on for about
20 minutes and increase the tire
inflation pressure by 20 to 30 kPa.
If the warning light blinks:
The tire pressure warning system may
be malfunctioning. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
The tire pressure warning system does
not function properly under certain circumstances. In the following cases, the
low tire pressure warning light may not
come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low, or it may come on when
the tire inflation pressure is actually
normal.
A lot of snow or ice covers the vehicle, in particular, around the wheels
or wheel housings.
The tires are not equipped with an air
pressure sensor.
Snow tires or tire chains are used.
Non- genuine Toyota wheels are used.
The sensor battery is expired.
The system cannot receive radio waves
from the air pressure sensor on the
spare tire, depending on where the
sensor is located when the spare tire
is mounted on the vehicle.
In this case, rotate the spare tire by
about 90° so that the system can receive radio waves.
Electric devices facilities using similar
radio wave frequencies are nearby.
A radio set to similar frequencies is in
use.
194
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
NOTICE
The use of non- genuine wheels will
cause the air pressure sensors to
transmit the electronic code in different manner, resulting in the system failure.
The use of different type of tires
with genuine wheels may also
cause the malfunction of the system.
LS17024
CAUTION
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label (tire
and load information label). (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label
(tire and load information label), you
should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure
monitoring
system
(TPMS—tire pressure warning system)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale (low tire pressure warning
light) when one or more of your tires
is significantly under- inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale (low tire pressure warning
light) illuminates, you should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper
pressure. Driving on a significantly
under- inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under- inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under- inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the
TPMS low tire pressure telltale (low
tire pressure warning light).
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
195
06 04.25
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Reorient or relocate the receiving an-
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
tenna.
Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
196
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Replacing tires and wheels
When replacing the wheels, be sure to
install air pressure sensors on the
wheels.
There are 3 ways to set up the air pressure sensors:
a. Remove the sensor from the old wheel
and install it to the new wheel.
b. Keep the same wheel with air pressure
sensor and replace only the tire.
c. Use a new wheel and sensor. In this
case, you have to register an ID code
for a new sensor.
CAUTION
Initialization should be performed
with the tires adjusted at the specified tire inflation pressure. If they are
not adjusted properly, tire inflation
pressure to be warned will not be
appropriate. Initialization is completed
within a few minutes.
NOTICE
Have the tires, wheels or sensors
replaced and ID codes registered by
a Toyota dealer. If you need sensors, purchase from a Toyota dealer.
LS17026
The sensor nuts should always be
tightened to a torque of 4 N·m (0.4
kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lbf).
The use of non- genuine wheels will
cause the air pressure sensors to
transmit the electronic code in different manner, resulting in the system failure.
TIRE PRESSURE
RESET SWITCH
Remove the air pressure sensors
before replacing the tires to prevent
the sensors from being damaged.
The tire pressure warning system need
to be initialized in the following conditions:
WARNING
SYSTEM
When the specified
tire inflation
pressure is changed after tire or
wheel replacement, or tire rotation,
etc
After replacing the ECU
After replacing an air pressure sensor
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
197
06 04.25
When initializing the system, the present tire condition is stored as a standard.
If you push the reset switch while the
vehicle is moving, initialization is not performed.
To initialize the system, perform the following:
If the low tire pressure warning light does
not blink when you push and hold the
reset switch, have the low pressure warning system checked at your Toyota dealer.
1. Park the vehicle at a safe place and
apply the parking brake. Stop the engine.
LS17025
CAUTION
2. Adjust the pressure of all the installed
tires (including the spare tire) to the
specified level. (See “Tires” on page
400 in Section 8.)
3. Turn the ignition key to “ON”.
4. Push and hold the reset switch until
the low tire pressure warning light
blinks three times.
NOTICE
Initialization is completed within a few
minutes. When warning light blinks
after driving of about 20 minutes, try
to initialize again.
When initializing the system, make sure
the low tire pressure warning light blinks
three times. If the warning light does not
blink three times, initialization failed and
the tire pressure warning system will not
function properly. In this case, initialize
the system again.
Initializing the system must be performed with all tires (including the
spare tire) adjusted to the specified
tire inflation pressure.
Do not push the reset switch without adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the
specified level. Otherwise, the low tire
pressure warning light may not come on
even if the tire pressure is low, or it may
come on when the tire inflation pressure
is actually normal.
198
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Parking brake
Cruise control
When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
Pedal type—
LS17018
To set: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal. For better holding power, first depress the brake pedal and hold it while
setting the parking brake.
To release: Depress the parking brake
pedal once again.
Lever type—
Pedal type
LS17019
The cruise control is designed to maintain a set cruising speed without requiring the driver to operate the accelerator. Cruising speed can be set to any
speed above 40 km/h (25 mph).
Within the limits of the engine’s capabilities, cruising speed can be maintained up
or down grades. However, changes in vehicle speed may occur on steeper grades.
CAUTION
To set: Pull out on the lever. For better
holding power, first depress the brake
pedal and hold it while setting the parking
brake.
To release: Press the lock release button
(1), turn the lever clockwise (2), then
push it in (3).
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.
CAUTION
To help maintain maximum control
of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow- covered) or
winding roads.
Avoid vehicle speed increases when
driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.
Lever type
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
199
06 04.25
LS17020b
LS17021b
If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.
CAUTION
For manual transmission:
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
To turn the cruise control on, press the
“ON- OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicator
light on the instrument panel will come on
to indicate that the cruise control is operational. Pressing the “ON- OFF” button
again turns the system off.
When the system is turned off, cruising
speed must be reset when the cruise control is turned on again.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging the
cruise control, turn the system off
when it is not in use. Make sure the
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.
SETTING THE CRUISING SPEED
On vehicles with automatic transmission,
the transmission must be in “D”, “4”
(5- speed automatic transmission) or “3”
(4- speed automatic transmission) before
you set the cruising speed.
Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push the lever down in the “- SET” direction and release it. This sets the vehicle
at that speed. If the speed is not satisfactory, tap the lever up for a faster speed,
or tap it down for a slower speed. Each
tap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h
(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
200
While driving with the cruise control
on, do not shift to neutral without
depressing the clutch pedal, as this
may cause engine racing or overrevving.
CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL
The cruise control may be temporarily
cancelled by the driver or by the system
itself under certain circumstances. Temporary cancellation allows the set cruising
speed to remain in memory.
The cruise control can be temporarily cancelled by doing the following:
Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” direction and releasing it
Depressing the brake pedal
Depressing the clutch pedal
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Under certain circumstances, the cruise
control is temporarily cancelled:
When vehicle speed falls below 40
km/h (25 mph)
When vehicle stability control is activated
RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
Push the lever up in the “+RES” direction
and hold it. Release the lever when the
desired speed is attained. While the lever
is held up, the vehicle will gradually gain
speed.
If the “CRUISE” indicator light flashes
when using the cruise control, press the
“ON- OFF” button to turn the system off
and then press it again to turn it on.
When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the set speed, the cruise control is cancelled and the set speed is
erased from memory.
However, a faster way to reset is to accelerate the vehicle and then push the
lever down in the “- SET” direction.
The “CRUISE” indicator light remains on
to indicate that the system is still in operation.
Push the lever down in the “- SET” direction and hold it. Release the lever when
the desired speed is attained. While the
lever is held down, the vehicle speed will
gradually decrease.
To turn the cruise control off, press the
“ON- OFF”
button.
Make
sure
the
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.
If the cruise control automatically cancels
out other than for the above cases, have
your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the earliest opportunity.
RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL
If the cruise control is temporarily cancelled, the cruising speed can be resumed
by pushing the lever up in the “+ RES”
direction.
Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25
mph).
RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED
If any of the following conditions then occurs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.
The indicator light does not come on.
The indicator light flashes again.
The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.
If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.
However, a faster way to reset is to depress the brake pedal and then push the
lever down in the “- SET” direction.
On vehicles with automatic transmission,
even if you downshift from “D” to “4”
(5- speed automatic transmission) or “3”
(4- speed automatic transmission), with the
cruise control on, engine braking will not
be enabled because the cruise control is
not cancelled. To decrease the vehicle
speed, reset to a slower speed with the
cruise control lever or depress the brake
pedal. If you use the brake pedal, cruise
control is cancelled.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
201
06 04.25
Clutch start cancel switch
Never use the switch for normal engine
starting. Be sure to follow the starting
procedure instructed in “How to start the
engine” on page 298 in Section 3.
LS17022
To crank the engine without depressing
the clutch pedal, push the switch with
the ignition on.
The switch stays
tion is on. And it
when the ignition
will illuminate to
operating.
on as long as the igniwill automatically turn off
is off. An indicator light
indicate the system is
This switch cancels the clutch start system, which is designed to keep the starter
motor from operating if the clutch pedal is
not depressed all the way down.
The switch allows the vehicle to be driven
out of difficult situations by cranking the
engine with the clutch engaged.
202
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
1- 8
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Audio system
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using your audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio remote controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio system operating hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
204
205
223
224
203
06 01.06
Reference
LS18001
Type 1: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
(with compact disc changer controller)
204
LS18003
Type 2: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
with changer
LS18005
Type 3: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
with changer
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Using your audio system—
—Some basics
This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your system.
TONE AND BALANCE
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Tone
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “DISC”
or “LOAD” to turn on that function without
pushing “PWR·VOL”. To turn on the compact disc player, a compact disc must be
loaded in the player.
You can turn on the compact disc player
by inserting a compact disc.
For details about your system’s tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange (type 3), and bass
levels. In fact, different kinds of music
and vocal programs usually sound better
with different mixes of treble, midrange
and bass.
When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. The player will play
from track 1 through to the end of the
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.
NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.
Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.
You can turn off the compact disc player
by ejecting the compact disc. If the audio
system was previously off, then the entire
audio system will be turned off when you
eject the compact disc. If the radio was
previously on, it will come on again.
Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the volume of one group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.
SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
To remove an antenna, carefully turn it
counterclockwise.
Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “DISC”
or “LOAD” if the system is already on but
you want to switch from one function to
another.
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER
(type 1)
YOUR RADIO ANTENNA
8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles
Your compact disc player does not need
an adaptor to play compact disc singles.
Compact disc singles are about 8 cm (3
in.) in diameter- smaller than standard
discs.
After you eject a compact disc single, do
not insert a standard 12 cm (4.7 in.) disc
until “DISC” disappears from the display.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
205
06 01.06
NOTICE
Do not use an adaptor for compact
disc singles—it could cause tracking
errors or interfere with the ejection of
compact discs.
LS18007
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITH
CHANGER (type 2 and type 3)
When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”
button, wait for the load/eject status light
to turn green, then gently push the disc
in with the label side up. This compact
disc player can store up to six discs. The
player will play from track 1 through to
the end of the disc. Then it will play from
track 1 of the next disc.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.
NOTICE
Do not stack up two discs for insertion, or it will cause damage to
the compact disc changer. Insert
only one compact disc into slot at
a time.
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.
206
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
—Controls and features
Type 1
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.
LS18002
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
207
06 01.06
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the
station to the button. The preset button
number will appear on the display.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The button number and station frequency will appear on
the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.)
(Eject button)
Push the compact disc eject button to
eject a compact disc.
(Reverse/Fast- forward button)
Push and hold “
” (preset button 6) or
“
” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.
Push the “DISC” button to play a compact
disc.
When the audio system is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the
track, or track and disc number currently
being played.
AM
Error messages
Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio
and select the AM band. “AM” will appear
on the display.
If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.
AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound balance adjustment function)
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.
Each
time
you push
the “AUDIO
CONTROL” knob, the mode changes. To
adjust the tone and balance, turn the
knob.
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (up- side
down). Clean the disc and re- insert it.
BAS: Adjusts low- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
TRE: Adjusts high- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.
“ERROR 4”: Over- current.
Toyota dealer to inspect.
BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
208
DISC (Compact disc)
your
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Ask
06 01.06
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC With compact disc changer only—
Use these buttons to select a disc you
want to listen to.
Push “” (preset button 3) or “” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.
FM1 FM2
Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn on
the radio and select the FM band. “FM1”
or “FM2” will appear on the display. This
system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each of the preset button.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RAND (Random)
RPT (Repeat)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
button 1). “
” will appear on the
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.
With compact disc changer only—
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
until you hear a beep. “
” will appear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
With compact disc changer only—
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
until you hear a beep. “
” will appear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
209
06 01.06
SCAN
Compact disc player
SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)
Radio
There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Radio
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
With compact disc changer only—
Push “” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
210
Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
beep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will scan the first
track of the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
Compact disc player
Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
ST (Stereo reception) display
TUNE (Tuning)
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.
Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to step
up the frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the frequency.
TEXT
This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the compact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
211
06 01.06
Type 2
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.
LS18004
212
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the
station to the button. The preset button
number will appear on the display.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
This radio can store one AM and two FM
stations for each button. (The display will
show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” or “FM1·2” button.)
(Eject button)
This button is used to eject one or all
compact discs.
To eject the current compact disc, push
and release the compact disc eject button.
To eject a specific disc, push “” (preset
button 3) or “” (preset button 4) until the
number of the disc you want to eject is
displayed. Push and release the eject button.
To eject all discs at a time, press and
hold the eject button until you hear a
beep. The last compact disc played before
pushing the button will be ejected first. If
the ejected disc is not removed for a long
time, the eject function will be cancelled.
(Reverse/Fast- forward button)
Push and hold “
” (preset button 6) or
“
” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.
BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
DISC (Compact disc)
Push the “DISC” button to play a compact
disc.
When the audio system is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the
track, or track and disc number currently
being played.
Error messages
AM
If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.
Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio
and select the AM band. “AM” will appear
on the display.
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.
AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound balance adjustment function)
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (up- side
down). Clean the disc and re- insert it.
Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”
knob, the mode changes. To adjust the
tone and balance, turn the knob.
BAS: Adjusts low- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
TRE: Adjusts high- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
“ERROR 4”: Over- current.
Toyota dealer to inspect.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Ask
your
213
06 01.06
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC Use these buttons to select a disc you
want to listen to.
Push “” (preset button 3) or “” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.
FM1·2
Push the “FM1·2” button to turn on the
radio and select the FM band. “FM1” or
“FM2” will appear on the display. This
system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each of the preset button.
LOAD
RAND (Random)
This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc player. This
player can store up to six discs.
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
To load one compact
push and release the
a compact disc. After
the shutter of the slot
disc only, quickly
button, then insert
the disc is loaded,
will close.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold the button (until you hear a beep
when the audio system is on), then insert
the first compact disc. After the disc is
loaded, the shutter of the slot will close.
After a few seconds, the shutter will automatically open again so the next disc can
be inserted. The same process can be
applied for loading the rest of the discs.
If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”
will appear on the display.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
button 1). “
” will appear on the
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
214
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
RPT (Repeat)
SCAN
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
Radio
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
“
” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
until you hear a beep. “
” will appear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.
Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
beep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will scan the first
track of the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the changer has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.
SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)
Radio
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
215
06 01.06
Compact disc player
TEXT
Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.
This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
Push “” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the compact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.
TUNE (Tuning)
Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to step
up the frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the frequency.
216
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Type 3
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.
LS18006
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
217
06 01.06
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
(Reverse/Fast- forward button)
(Eject button)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
This button is used to eject one or all
compact discs.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the
station to the button. The preset button
number will appear on the display.
To eject the current compact disc, push
and release the compact disc eject button.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
This radio can store one AM and two FM
stations for each button. (The display will
show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” or “FM1·2” button.)
To eject a specific disc, push “” (preset
button 3) or “” (preset button 4) until the
number of the disc you want to eject is
displayed. Push and release the eject button.
To eject all discs at a time, press and
hold the eject button until you hear a
beep. The last compact disc played before
pushing the button will be ejected first. If
the ejected disc is not removed for a long
time, the eject function will be cancelled.
Push and hold “
” (preset button 6) or
“
” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio
and select the AM band. “AM” will appear
on the display.
AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound balance adjustment function)
Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”
knob, the mode changes. To adjust the
tone and balance, turn the knob.
BAS: Adjusts low- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
MID: Adjusts mid- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
TRE: Adjusts high- pitched tones. The display ranges from -5 to 5.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.
BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
218
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
DISC (Compact disc)
Push the “DISC” button to play a compact
disc.
When the audio system is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the
track, or track and disc number currently
being played.
Error messages
If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (up- side
down). Clean the disc and re- insert it.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC Use these buttons to select a disc you
want to listen to.
Push “” (preset button 3) or “” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.
FM1·2
Push the “FM1·2” button to turn on the
radio and select the FM band. “FM1” or
“FM2” will appear on the display. This
system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each of the preset button.
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
“ERROR 4”: Over- current.
Toyota dealer to inspect.
Ask
LOAD
This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc player. This
player can store up to six discs.
To load one compact
push and release the
a compact disc. After
the shutter of the slot
disc only, quickly
button, then insert
the disc is loaded,
will close.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold the button (until you hear a beep
when the audio system is on), then insert
the first compact disc. After the disc is
loaded, the shutter of the slot will close.
After a few seconds, the shutter will automatically open again so the next disc can
be inserted. The same process can be
applied for loading the rest of the discs.
If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”
will appear on the display.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
your
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
219
06 01.06
RDS (Radio Data System) display
RPT (Repeat)
SCAN
The radio will automatically switch to the
RDS mode to receive an RDS station
while turned to FM broadcasts. “RDS” will
appear on the display.
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
Radio
RAND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
button 1). “
” will appear on the
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.
220
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
“
” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
until you hear a beep. “
” will appear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Compact disc player
SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)
TEXT
There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Radio
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
This button is operational only in RDS
mode.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
beep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will scan the first
track of the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the changer has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.
Push “” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.
If the entire the message is not displayed,
“ ” will appear on the display. To display
the rest of the message, push and hold
the “TEXT” button until you hear a beep.
ST (Stereo reception) display
The message display will be canceled if
any button that affects the display is
pushed.
Compact disc player
Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.
When an RDS station transmits a text
message, “MSG” will appear on the displayed.
To display the text message, first push
the “TEXT” button to change the radio
station display. Then push the “TEXT” button once more to display, and the message will appear on the display.
After the entire message has been displayed, the message will disappear.
If no messages are received, “NO MESSAGE” will appear on the display, and the
display returns to the previous mode.
The message display will be canceled if
you activate any function that affects the
display.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
221
06 01.06
Compact disc player
TRAF (Traffic)
This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
A station that regularly broadcasts traffic
information is automatically located.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the compact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.
When you push the “TRAF” button in the
“FM” mode, “TRAF SEEK” appears on the
display and the radio will start seeking
any traffic program station.
If no traffic program station is found, “NO
TRAF INFO” appears on the display for a
few seconds and the display returns to
the previous mode.
TUNE (Tuning)
Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to step
up the frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the frequency.
TYPE (Program Types)
R&B (Rhythm and Blues)
INFORM (Information)
RELIGION
MISC (Miscellaneous)
ALERT (Emergency message)
To seek or scan for the same type of
program, push the “SEEK/TRACK” or
“SCAN” button while the program type is
displayed.
If no program is found, “NOTHING” will
appear on the display. The previous program information will resume.
When the system is left untouched for 6
seconds, the program type display will
change to the frequency display.
When you push “” or “” of the “TYPE”
button while receiving an RDS station, the
current program type will appear on the
display. If the system is receiving a station that is not RDS, “NO PTY” will appear.
Repeat this operation within 6 seconds to
display the program types in the following
order:
ROCK
EASY LIS (Easy listening)
CLS/JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)
222
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Audio remote controls (steering switches)
Some parts of the audio system can be
adjusted using the switches on the steering wheel.
Details of the specific switches, controls,
and features are described below.
1. Volume control switch
2. “” switch
3. “MODE” switch
LS18008a
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
223
06 01.06
Audio system operating hints
1. Volume control switch
Compact disc player
Push “+” to increase the volume. The volume continues to increase while the
switch is being pushed.
Use this switch to skip up or down to a
different track in either direction.
NOTICE
2. “” switch
Quickly push and release the “” or “”
side of the switch until the track you want
to listen to is set. If you want to return
to the beginning of the current track, push
the “” side of the switch once, quickly.
Radio
With compact disc changer only—
This switch has the following features—
Push and hold the “” or “” side of the
switch until the disc you want to listen to
is set.
Push “- ” to decrease the volume. The
volume continues to decrease while the
switch is being pushed.
To select a preset station:
Quickly push and release the “” or “”
side of the switch. Do this again to select
the next preset station.
To seek a station:
Push and hold the “” or “” side of the
switch until you hear a beep. Do this
again to find the next station. If you push
the switch on either side during the seek
mode, seeking will be cancelled.
To step up or down the frequency, push
and hold the switch even after you hear
a beep. When you release from the
switch, the radio will begin seeking up or
down for a station. Do this again to find
the next station.
224
3. “MODE” switch
Push “MODE” switch to select an audio
mode. Each push changes the mode sequentially if the desired mode is ready to
use.
To turn the audio system on, push the
“MODE” switch.
To turn the audio system off, push and
hold the “MODE” switch until the system
turns off.
To ensure correct audio system operations:
Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio system.
Do not put anything other than a
compact disc into the slot.
The use of a cellular phone inside
or near the vehicle may cause a
noise from the speakers of the audio system which you are listening
to. However, this does not indicate
a malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. And of course, radio signals
have a limited range. The farther you are
from a station, the weaker its signal will
be. In addition, reception conditions
change constantly as your vehicle moves.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Here are some common reception problems that probably do not indicate a problem with your radio:
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by distortion.
Multi- path—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.
AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere—especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected signal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broadcast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electrical motors. This results in static.
Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.
CARING FOR YOUR
PLAYER AND DISCS
COMPACT
DISC
Type 2 and type 3—The player is intended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.)
discs only.
Extremely high temperatures can keep
your compact disc player from working.
On hot days, use the air conditioning
to cool the vehicle interior before you
listen to a disc.
Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player skip.
If moisture gets into your compact disc
player, you may not hear any sound
even though your compact disc player
appears to be working. Remove the
disc from the player and wait until it
dries.
CAUTION
Compact disc players use invisible laser beam which could cause hazardous radiation exposure if directed
outside the unit. Be sure to operate
the player correctly.
Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weakened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
225
06 01.06
I17011
Use only compact discs marked as
Special shaped discs
Low quality discs
shown above. The following products
may not be playable on your compact
disc player.
Copy- protected CD
CD- R (CD- Recordable)
CD- RW (CD- Re- writable)
CD- ROM
Z17058
Transparent/translucent discs
226
Labeled discs
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
NOTICE
Do not use special shaped, transparent/translucent, low quality or labeled
discs such as those shown in the illustrations. The use of such discs
may damage the player or changer, or
it may be impossible to eject the
disc.
Correct
Wrong
Handle compact discs carefully, especially when you are inserting them.
Hold them on the edge and do not
bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints
on them, particularly on the shiny side.
Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, or
other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
disc up to the light.)
To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
soft, lint- free cloth that has been dampened with water. Wipe in a straight line
from the center to the edge of the disc
(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
lint- free cloth. Do not use a conventional
record cleaner or anti- static device.
Remove discs from the compact disc
player when you are not listening to
them. Store them in their plastic cases
away from moisture, heat, and direct
sunlight.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
227
06 01.06
228
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
1- 9
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
230
233
233
236
236
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
229
06 04.25
Controls
1. Fan speed selector
2. Temperature selector
3. Air flow selector
4. Air intake selector
5. “A/C” button (on some models)
LS19001
230
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
In this position, air intake selector
mode changes to FRESH automatically
to clear the windshield quickly. If you
want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.
Fan speed selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to
the right to increase, to the left to decrease.
Temperature selector
Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—
to the right to warm, to the left to cool.
G18021
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the windshield more quickly.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Air flow selector
Turn the knob to select the vents used for
air flow.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly
instrument panel vents.
from
the
2. Bi- level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
floor/windshield position turns on the
defogging/defrosting function with the
purpose of clearing the windshield.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defogging/defrosting function with the purpose of clearing the windshield.
In this position, air intake selector
mode changes to FRESH automatically
to clear the windshield quickly. It is not
possible to return to RECIRCULATE in
this position.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the windshield more quickly.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “Air flow selector settings” described
below.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
231
06 04.25
“A/C” button (on some models)
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
LS19003
Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
1. Recirculate (indicator light is on)—Recirculates the air inside the vehicle.
2. Fresh (indicator light is off)—Draws
outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.
232
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Air flow selector settings
Operating tips
To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open long enough for the
hot air to escape. This operation allows
the air conditioning to cool the interior
more quickly.
Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.
LS19002
Keep the area under the front seats
clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.
On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.
When driving on dusty roads, close all
Double cab models only
windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
233
06 04.25
If following another vehicle on a dusty
road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.
Heating
Air conditioning
For best results, set controls to:
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards red zone
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards blue zone
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON
For quick heating, select recirculated
For most effective cooling, move the
air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been
warmed.
Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.
Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.
234
air intake selector to recirculate.
Ventilation
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards blue zone
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Defogging
Condition: Moisture is on the inside of the
windshield.
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards red zone to heat;
blue zone to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the windshield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the windshield.
When turning the air flow selector to windshield or floor/windshield position, air intake selector mode changes to FRESH
automatically to clear the windshield
quickly. If you want to return the setting
to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again. However,
if the air flow selector is in the windshield
position, it is not possible to return to
RECIRCULATE.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.
When side windows fog up, turn the
side vents toward the windows.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting the windshield, choose floor/
windshield air flow.
Defrosting
Condition: Moisture is on the outside of
the windshield.
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards red zone
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the windshield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defrosting function with the purpose of
clearing the windshield.
When turning the air flow selector to windshield or floor/windshield position, air intake selector mode changes to FRESH
automatically to clear the windshield
quickly. If you want to return the setting
to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again. However,
if the air flow selector is in the windshield
position, it is not possible to return to
RECIRCULATE.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
235
06 04.25
Instrument panel vents
Air conditioning filter—
Open
Open
LS19004
Close
LS19005
LS19007b
Close
1. Side vents
1. Side vents
2. Center vents
2. Center vents
If air flow control is not satisfactory, check
the instrument panel vents. The instrument
panel vents may be opened or closed as
shown.
You can change air flow direction by turning the instrument panel vents.
236
The air conditioning filter information
label is placed inside of the glove box
as shown and indicates that a filter has
been installed.
The air conditioning filter prevents dust
from entering the vehicle through the air
conditioning vent.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Checking and replacing the
air conditioning filter
LS19008b
The air conditioning filter is behind the
glove box.
The air conditioning filter may clog after long use. The filter may need to be
replaced if the air flow of the air conditioning and heater experiences extreme
reductions in operating efficiency, or if
the windows begin to fog up easily.
To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,
inspect and replace the air conditioning
filter according to
the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with
heavy traffic flow, such as inner city or
desert areas, early replacement may be
required. (For scheduled maintenance
information, please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement.”)
LS19009
1. Open the glove box, and slide off
the damper as shown.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
237
06 04.25
LS19010
2. Push in each side of the glove box
to disconnect the claws.
LS19011
LS19012a
3. Push down on the tabs and open the
filter door.
4. Remove the filter from the filter outlet. Inspect the filter on the surface.
If it is dirty, it should be replaced.
238
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS19013a
When installing the filter in the filter
outlet, follow the instructions indicated
on the label.
INFORMATION
The air filter should be installed properly in position. The use of air conditioning with the air filter removed
may cause deteriorated dustproof performance and then affect air conditioning performance.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
239
06 04.25
240
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
2
INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Off- road vehicle precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Break- in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel pump shut off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three- way catalytic converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iridium- tipped spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear step bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limited- slip differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft prevention labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo and luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
268
269
269
271
272
272
273
274
275
275
281
281
281
282
283
284
285
293
294
296
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
267
06 04.25
Off- road vehicle precautions
(four- wheel drive models and
PreRunner)
LS20001
This vehicle has higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to
the height of its center of gravity to
make it capable of performing in a wide
variety of off- road applications. Specific
design characteristics give it a higher
center of gravity than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature
causes this type of vehicle to be more
likely to rollover. And, it has a significantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles. An advantage of the
higher ground clearance is a better
view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems. It is not designed for
cornering at the same speeds as ordinary passenger cars any more than
low- slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off- road
conditions. Therefore, sharp turns at
excessive speeds may cause rollover.
CAUTION
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious
personal injury or damage to your vehicle:
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
passengers should fasten their seat
belts whenever the vehicle is moving.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to
operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control or vehicle
rollover causing death or serious
injury.
Avoid loading any items on the roof
that will raise the vehicle’s center
of gravity.
Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and
higher center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side
winds than an ordinary passenger
car. Slowing down will allow you to
have much better control.
268
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
When driving off- road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns,
strike objects, etc. This may cause
loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and
chassis.
Do not drive horizontally across
steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off- road vehicle) can tip over sideways much
more easily than forward or backward.
Break- in period
Fuel
Drive gently and avoid high speeds.
FUEL TYPE
Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
break- in. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:
Your new vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.
Avoid full throttle acceleration when
starting and driving.
Avoid racing the engine.
Try to avoid hard stops during the first
300 km (200 miles).
Do not drive slowly with the manual
transmission in a high gear.
Do not drive for a long time at any
single speed, either fast or slow.
Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
km (500 miles).
To help prevent gas station mix- ups, your
Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
The special nozzle on pumps with unleaded fuel will fit it, but the larger standard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
not.
At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5- M93
in Canada.
NOTICE
Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the threeway catalytic converter to lose its effectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
269
06 04.25
OCTANE RATING
2TR- FE engine—Select Octane Rating
87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher.
1GR- FE engine—Select Octane Rating
87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. For improved vehicle performance, use premium unleaded gasoline
with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research
Octane Number 96) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating or research octane number lower
than stated above will cause persistent
heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
lead to engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, occasionally, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is normal
and there is no need for concern.
GASOLINE
ADDITIVES
CONTAINING
DETERGENT
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline
that contains detergent additives to
avoid build- up of engine deposits.
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
QUALITY GASOLINE
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,
Europe and Japan have developed a
specification for quality fuel named
World- Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that
is expected to be applied world wide.
The WWFC consists of four categories
that depend on required emission levels. In the U.S., category 3 or 4 has
been adopted. The WWFC improves air
quality by providing for better emissions in vehicle fleets, and customer
satisfaction through better vehicle performance.
270
CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE
Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE is
available in many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner
burning gasoline and appropriately blended
reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions, and improve air quality.
OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
blended gasoline where the oxygenate
content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
rating no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing methanol.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Fuel pump shut off system
GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT
Some gasoline contain an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
NOTICE
Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
If driveability problems occur (poor
hot starting, vaporizing, engine
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.
Take care not to spill gasohol during refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
GASOLINE QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the particular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If this does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
80 L (21.1 gal., 17.6 Imp. gal.)
The fuel pump shut off system stops supplying fuel to the engine to minimize the
risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls
or an airbag inflates upon collision. To
restart the engine after the fuel pump shut
off system activates, turn the ignition
switch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and start
it.
CAUTION
Inspect the ground under the vehicle
before restarting the engine. If you
find that fuel has leaked onto the
ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. In
this case, do not restart the engine.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
271
06 04.25
Operation in foreign countries
Three- way catalytic converters
If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
The three- way catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the correct fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.
LS20004
CAUTION
Keep people and combustible materials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.
2TR- FE engine
Do not idle or park your vehicle
over anything that might burn easily such as grass, leaves, paper or
rags.
LS20003
1GR- FE engine
272
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Engine exhaust cautions
NOTICE
A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the three- way catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:
Use only unleaded gasoline.
Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creating an excessive load on the threeway catalytic converter.
Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 minutes.
Avoid racing the engine.
Do not push- start or pull- start your
vehicle.
Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.
Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel systems could cause an extremely high three- way catalytic
converter temperature.
CAUTION
Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.
It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.
If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a check- up as soon
as possible. Remember, your Toyota
dealer knows your vehicle and its
three- way catalytic converter system best.
Make sure the exhaust system has
To ensure that the three- way catalytic converter and the entire emission control system operate properly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
scheduled maintenance information,
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
Do not run the engine in a garage
no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.
or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.
Do not remain for a long time in a
parked vehicle with the engine running. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
273
06 04.25
Facts about engine oil
consumption
To allow proper operation of your
vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the windshield clear of snow, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you smell exhaust fumes in the
vehicle, open the windows and
close the rear window to ensure
plenty of fresh air enters the vehicle. If you can smell exhaust
fumes even though there are no
other vehicles in the surrounding
area, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer. Continued inhalation of exhaust fumes can lead
to death by gas poisoning.
Toyota does not recommend occupying the rear cargo area when it is
fitted with a slide- in camper, camper shell or other type cover while
the engine is running. This caution
applies to both driving and stopped
or parked situations with the engine
running. Particular care should be
taken to prevent exhaust gases
from entering camper bodies, trailers or other enclosures on or
around your vehicle. If exhaust
fumes are detected, open all windows and thoroughly ventilate the
area.
FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in maintaining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should consume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.
Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston
rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a piston moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.
Oil is also used to lubricate the stems
of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High temperature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.
274
The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by high- speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000
km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp. qt./600
miles)
When judging the amount of oil consumption, note that the oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a normal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
appear that the oil level has not changed.
The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in proper vehicle maintenance is to keep the engine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.
Iridium- tipped spark plugs
(2TR- FE engine)
Brake system
Your engine is fitted with iridium- tipped
spark plugs.
Without the
system—
NOTICE
Use only iridium- tipped spark plugs.
Do not adjust gaps for engine performance smooth driveability.
vehicle
stability
control
The tandem master cylinder brake system
is a hydraulic system with two separate
sub- systems. If either sub- system should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will increase. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.
CAUTION
NOTICE
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.
With the vehicle stability control system—
For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” on
page 360 in Section 7- 2.
This brake system has 2 independent hydraulic circuits. If either circuit should fail,
the other will still work. However, the pedal will be harder to press, and your stopping distance will increase. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
275
06 04.25
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER (without the vehicle
stability control system)
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
power- assist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
vacuum for one or two stops—but no
more!
CAUTION
Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacuum.
Even if the power assist is completely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than normal. And your braking distance will
increase.
BRAKE BOOSTER (with
stability control system)
the
vehicle
The brake booster uses brake fluid pressurized by the pump to power- assist the
brakes. If the brake booster fails during
driving, the brake system warning light
comes on and buzzer sounds continuously. In this case, the brakes may not work
properly. If they do not work well, depress
the brake pedal firmly. If the brake system
warning light comes on, immediately stop
your vehicle and contact your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your brake fluid
pressure reserve.
Even if the power assist is completely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than normal. And your braking distance will
increase.
The brake system warning light may stay
on for about 60 seconds after the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position. It is
normal if the light turns off after a while.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the brake system warning
light and buzzer. It is normal if the light
turns off and the buzzer stops sounding
after a few seconds.
You may hear a small sound in the engine
compartment after the engine is started or
the brake pedal is depressed repeatedly.
This is a pump pulsating sound of the
brake system, and it is not a malfunction.
276
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
ANTI- LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(with “ABS” warning light)
The anti- lock brake system is designed
to help prevent lock- up of the wheels
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
providing directional stability and steering performance of the vehicle under
these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal: When the anti- lock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
In this situation, to let the anti- lock
brake system work for you, just hold the
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
pump the brake in a panic stop. This
will result in reduced braking performance.
The anti- lock brake system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on a manhole cover, a steel plate at a construction site,
joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
tends to activate the anti- lock brake system.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle begins to move. This means
that the anti- lock brake system is in the
self- check mode, and does not indicate a
malfunction.
When the anti- lock brake system is activated, the following conditions may
occur. They do not indicate a malfunction of the system:
You may hear the anti- lock brake system operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the vehicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the vehicle is stopped.
At the end of the anti- lock brake system activation, the brake pedal may
move a little forward.
CAUTION
Do not overestimate the anti- lock
brake system: Although the anti- lock
brake system assists in providing vehicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, because there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the antilock brake system on.
If tire grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the anti- lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.
Anti- lock brake system is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always drive at a moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
anti- lock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping distance in the following cases:
Driving on rough, gravel or snowcovered roads.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
277
06 04.25
“ABS” warning light (without
vehicle stability control system)
Driving with tire chains installed.
Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road.
Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differences in surface height.
Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The anti- lock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respective wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed
resulting in a longer stopping distance.
LS20017
the
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the antilock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates conventionally.
Type A
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate
but the brake assist system still operates.
In this case the wheels could lock up
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces.
LS20018
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the components monitored by the warning light system. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.
Type B
278
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
The light comes on while you are driving.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti- lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
With rear differential lock: However, it is
a normal operation for the light to be on
with rear differential locked. At this time,
the anti- lock brake system does not operate.
“ABS” warning light (with the vehicle
stability control system)
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the antilock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
of the systems malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
following systems do not operate, but the
brake system still operates conventionally.
Anti- lock brake system
“VSC TRAC” warning light may come on
with the “ABS” warning light (brake assist
system warning light) when there is a malfunction somewhere in the anti- lock brake
system (brake assist system).
If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the components monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.
The light comes on while you are dri-
Brake assist system
ving.
Traction control system
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
“AUTO LSD” system
Vehicle stability control system
Downhill assist control system
Hill- start assist control system
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels will lock up during a
sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
279
06 04.25
CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
With rear differential lock: The light
comes on with rear differential locked.
At this time, the anti- lock brake system, the brake assist system, the vehicle stability control system, the traction control system, the downhill assist
control system and the hill- start assist
control system do not operate.
In this case, not only the anti- lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM
When you slam the brakes on, the
brake assist system judges as an emergency stop and provides more powerful
braking for a driver who cannot hold
down the brake pedal firmly.
When you slam the brakes on, more powerful braking will be applied. At this time,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment and feel the vibrations of the
brake pedal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Vehicles with the vehicle stability control
system—
Any of the following conditions may occur, but do not indicate a malfunction:
The brake assist system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated to
a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
The light may stay on for about 60
seconds after the ignition key is turned
to the “ON” position. It is normal if it
turns off after a while.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
turns off after a few seconds.
For an explanation of this system’s warning light, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 151 in Section 1- 6.
280
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Brake pad wear limit
indicators
LS20007
Rear step bumper
Limited- slip differential
Some Toyotas are equipped with a limited- slip differential. If one of the rear
wheels begins to spin, the limited- slip differential is designed to aid traction by
automatically transmitting driving force to
the other rear wheel. If you are not sure
whether your vehicle is equipped with one,
you can ask your Toyota dealer.
LS20010
CAUTION
The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
The rear step bumper is for rear end
protection and easier step- up loading.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive rotor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.
Do not allow more than one person
CAUTION
Do not start or run the engine while
your vehicle is supported by a jack.
The vehicle could be driven off the
jack and could pose a danger or result in serious injury.
NOTICE
to get on the rear step bumper at
a time. It is designed for only one
person.
Never drive the vehicle with anyone
on the rear step bumper.
Use only a spare tire of the same
size, construction and load capacity
as the original tires on your Toyota
because damage to the limited- slip
differential could possibly occur with
another tire type.
Do not stand on the rear step
bumper while the vehicle is moving.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
281
06 04.25
Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.
LS20013
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.
LS20008b
Regular and double cab models
LS20009b
Access cab models
282
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Theft prevention labels
(except for Canada)
—Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.
Your new vehicle carries theft prevention labels which are approximately 54.8
mm (2.16 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroying the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to another, will be impossible.
LS20012
NOTICE
2TR- FE engine
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may violate certain state or federal laws.
LS20011
1GR- FE engine
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
283
06 04.25
Suspension and chassis
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting in loss of control.
284
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Tire information—
—Tire symbols
This illustration indicates typical tire
symbols.
1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
size” on page 287.
2. DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)—For details, see
“—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)” on page 286.
3. Uniform tire quality grading—
For details, see “—Uniform tire
quality grading” on page 288.
4. The location of the tread wear
indicators—For details, see
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 369.
5. Tire ply composition and materials—Plies mean a layer of rubber- coated parallel cords. Cords
mean the strands forming the plies
in the tire.
6. Radial tires or bias- ply tires—A
radial tire has “RADIAL” on the
sidewall. A tire not marked with
“RADIAL” is a bias- ply tire.
LS20014b
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
285
06 04.25
—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)
7. “TUBELESS”
or
“TUBE
TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not
have a tube inside the tire and air
is directly filled in the tire. A tube
type tire has a tube inside the tire
and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
8. Load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure—For details,
see “Checking and replacing tires”
on page 369.
9. Maximum cold tire inflation
pressure—This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated. For details about recommended
cold
tire
inflation
pressure, see “Tires” on page 400.
10.Summer tire or all season
tire—An all season tire has “M+S”
on the sidewall. The tire not
marked with “M+S” is a summer
tire. For details, see “Types of
tires” on page 296.
The “DOT” symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
LS20015
This illustration indicates typical DOT
and Tire Identification Number (TIN).
1. “DOT” symbol
2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)
3. Tire manufacturer’s identification
mark
4. Tire size code
5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type
code (3 or 4 letters)
6. Manufacturing week
7. Manufacturing year
286
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Tire size
LS20016b
This illustration indicates typical tire
size.
1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,
T=Temporary use)
2. Section width (in millimeters)
3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section
width)
4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,
D=Diagonal)
5. Wheel diameter (in inches)
6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one
letter)
—Name of each section of tire
SU21026a
1. Section width
2. Tire height
3. Wheel diameter
SU21027
1. Bead
2. Sidewall
3. Shoulder
4. Tread
5. Belt
6. Inner liner
7. Reinforcing rubber
8. Carcass
9. Rim lines
10.Bead wires
11. Chafer
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
287
06 04.25
—Uniform tire quality grading
This information has been prepared
in accordance with regulations issued
by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides
the purchasers and/or prospective
purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you
read this information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger
vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality
grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A
Treadwear—The treadwear grade is
a comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear
one and a half (1- 1/2) times as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
288
Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B, and C, and they represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and
does not include cornering (turning)
traction.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Temperature A, B, C—The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for
this tire are established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
289
06 04.25
—Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term
Meaning
Cold tire inflation pressure
tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3
hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile
under that condition
Maximum inflation pressure
the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and it
is shown on the sidewall of the tire
Recommended inflation pressure
cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer
Accessory weight
the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be
replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items
are available as factory- installed equipment (whether installed or not)
Curb weight
the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional engine
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
the
(a)
(b)
((c))
(d)
Normal occupant weight
68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second
column of Table 1 that follows
sum of—
curb weight;
weight
accessory weight;
weight
vehicle capacity
y weight;
g
and
production
d ti
options
ti
weight
i ht
290
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Tire related term
Meaning
Production options weight
the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing
over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special
trim
Vehicle capacity weight
(Total load capacity)
the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s designated seating capacity
Intended outboard sidewall
(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire,
tire or
(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle
Occupant distribution
distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table
1 that follows
Rim
a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads
are seated
Rim diameter (Wheel diameter)
nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation
rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code
Rim width
nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
291
06 04.25
Tire related term
Meaning
Vehicle normal load on the tire
the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight
(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two
Weather side
the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire
Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity,
number of occupants
Vehicle normal load, number of
occupants
Occupant distribution in a normally
loaded vehicle
2 through 4
2
2 in front
5 through 10
3
2 in front, 1 in second seat
292
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load
capacity, seating capacity, towing
capacity and cargo capacity. Follow
the load limits shown below. Total
load capacity and seating capacity
are also described on the tire and
loading information label. For location
of the tire and loading information
label, see “Checking tire inflation
pressure” on page 366.
Total load capacity:
Total load capacity means combined
weight of occupants, cargo and
luggage. Tongue load is included
when trailer towing. For the total load
capacity about your vehicle, see
“Vehicle capacity weight” on page 392
n Section 8.
Seating capacity:
Regular cab models
With separate type seats
Total 2
With bench type seat
Total 3
Access cab models
Total 2+2
(Front 2, Rear Temporary 2)
Double cab models
Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum
number of occupants whose estimated average weight is 68 kg (150
lb.) per person. Depending on the
weight of each person, the seating capacity given may exceed the total
load capacity.
NOTICE
Even if the number of occupants
are within the seating capacity,
do not exceed the total load capacity.
Towing capacity:
Towing capacity means the maximum
gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
its cargo weight) that your vehicle is
able to tow. For the towing capacity
about your vehicle, see “Towing capacity” on page 395 in Section 8.
Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the size (weight)
and the number of occupants. For details, see “Capacity and distribution”
that follows.
CAUTION
Do not apply the load more than
each load limit. That may cause
not only damage to the tires, but
also deterioration to the steering
ability and braking ability, which
may cause an accident.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
293
06 04.25
Cargo and luggage—
—Stowage precautions
When stowing cargo and luggage in
the vehicle, observe the following:
Put cargo and luggage in the rear
deck when at all possible. Be sure
all items are secured in place.
Be careful to keep the vehicle balanced. Locating the weight as far
forward as possible helps maintain
balance.
For better fuel economy, do not
carry unneeded weight.
CAUTION
To prevent cargo and luggage
from sliding forward during
braking, do not stack anything
behind the front seats higher
than the seatbacks (access cab
and double cab models). Keep
cargo and luggage low, as
close to the floor as possible.
—Capacity and distribution
Never allow anyone to ride in
the rear deck. It is not designed
for passengers. They should
ride in their seats with their
seat belts properly fastened.
Otherwise, they are much more
likely to suffer serious bodily
injury, in the event of sudden
braking or a collision.
Do not drive with objects left
on top of the instrument panel.
They may interfere with the
driver’s field of view. Or they
may move during sharp vehicle
acceleration or turning, and impair the driver’s control of the
vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occupants.
294
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) – (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit—
(1) Locate the statement “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five
150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is
650
lbs.
(1400–750
(5x150)=650 lbs.)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
(5) Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load
capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
For details about trailer towing, see
“Trailer towing” on page 303 in Section 3.
SU21020
Cargo
capacity
Total load
capacity
Example on Your Vehicle
In case that 2 people with the combined weight of A kg (lb.) are riding
in your vehicle with the total load capacity of B kg (lb.), the available
amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be C kg (lb.) as follows:
B kg (lb.) – A kg (lb.) = C kg (lb.)
From this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
kg (lb.) get on, the available cargo
and luggage load will be reduced E
kg (lb.) as follows:
C kg (lb.) – D kg (lb.) = E kg (lb.)
As shown in the above example, if the
number of occupants increases, the
cargo and luggage load equaling the
combined weight of occupants who
got on later must be reduced. In other
words, if the increase in the number
of occupants causes the excess of
the total load capacity (combined
weight of occupants plus cargo and
luggage load), you have to reduce the
cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
For details about total load capacity,
see “Vehicle load limits” on page 293
in this Section.
CAUTION
Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load
is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. That may cause not only damage to the tire but also deterioration to the steering ability due to
unbalance of the vehicle, causing
an accident.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
295
06 04.25
Types of tires
Determine what kind of tires your
vehicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are high- speed capability tires best suited to highway driving
under dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the
same traction performance as snow
tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow- covered or icy roads.
For driving on snow- covered or icy
roads, we recommend using snow
tires. If installing snow tires, be sure
to replace all four tires.
2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be
adequate for driving in most winter
conditions, as well as for use all year
round.
All season tires, however, do not have
adequate
traction
performance
compared with snow tires in heavy or
loose snow. Also, all season tires fall
short in acceleration and handling
performance compared with summer
tires in highway driving.
The details about how to distinguish
summer tires from all season tires are
described on page 285.
CAUTION
Do not mix summer and all season tires on your vehicle as
this can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting
in loss of control.
Do not use tires other than the
manufacture’s
designated
tires, and never mix tires or
wheels of the sizes different
from the originals.
296
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
3
STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off- road driving precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinghy towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer . . . . . . . . . . . . .
298
298
299
300
302
303
303
313
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
297
06 04.25
Before starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle before entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion angle, head restraint
height and steering wheel angle.
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
4. Lock all doors.
5. Fasten seat belts.
How to start the engine—
(a) Before cranking
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and accessories.
3. Manual transmission: Press the clutch
pedal to the floor and shift the transmission into neutral. Hold the clutch
pedal to the floor until the engine is
started. A starter safety device will prevent the starter from operating if the
clutch pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic transmission: Put the selector lever in “P”. If you need to restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, put the selector lever in “N”.
A starter safety device will prevent the
starter from operating if the selector
lever is in any drive position.
4. Automatic transmission only: Depress the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.
(b) Starting the engine
Before starting the engine, be sure to
follow the instructions in “(a) Before
cranking”.
Normal starting procedure
The multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
air- fuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:
With your foot off the accelerator pedal,
crank the engine by turning the key to
“START”. Release it when the engine
starts.
Engine should be warmed up by driving,
not in idle. For warming up, drive with
smoothly turning engine until engine coolant temperature is within normal range.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct procedure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” on page
316 in Section 4.
298
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.
Tips for driving in various
conditions
Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.
This will allow you much better control.
Drive slowly onto curbs and, if possible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharp- edged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage such
as a tire burst.
Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Otherwise, the impact could cause severe
damage to the tires and/or wheels.
When parking on a hill, turn the front
wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmission in “P” (automatic) or in first or
reverse (manual). If necessary, block
the wheels.
Washing your vehicle or driving through
deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the parking brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
Four- wheel drive models—Toyota recommends not using four- wheel drive on
dry hard- surfaced roads, because fourwheel driving will cause unnecessary
noise and wear, and poor fuel economy.
Four- wheel drive models—In cold temperatures, noise may occur when driving in two- wheel drive before the transfer is warmed up. Therefore, first drive
in four- wheel drive until the transfer is
warmed up.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
299
06 04.25
Off- road driving precautions
(four- wheel drive models and
PreRunner)
CAUTION
Before driving off, make sure that
the parking brake is fully released
and the parking brake reminder
light is off.
Do not leave your vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.
To drive down a long or steep hill,
reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.
Be careful when accelerating, upshifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden acceleration or engine braking, could cause
the vehicle to skid or spin.
Do not drive in excess of the speed
limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has high- speed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are high- speed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.
Do not continue normal driving
when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a
longer stopping distance, and it
may pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Also, the parking brake will not hold the vehicle
securely.
When driving your vehicle off- road, please
observe the following precautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help
prevent the closure of areas to off- road
vehicles.
a. Drive your vehicle only in areas where
off- road vehicles are permitted to travel.
b. Respect private property. Get owner’s
permission before entering private property.
c. Do not enter areas that are closed.
Honor gates, barriers and signs that restrict travel.
d. Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should
be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to roads.
For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and
Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining
to driving your vehicle off- road, consult
the following organizations.
State and Local Parks and Recreation
Departments
State Motor Vehicle Bureau
Recreational Vehicle Clubs
300
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of
Land Management
CAUTION
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious
personal injury or damage to your vehicle:
Drive carefully when off the road.
Do not take unnecessary risks by
driving in dangerous places.
Do not grip the steering wheel
spokes when driving off- road. A
bad bump could jerk the wheel and
injure your hands. Keep both hands
and especially your thumbs on the
outside of the rim.
Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
After driving through tall grass,
mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check
that there is no grass, bush, paper,
rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or
trapped on the underbody. Clear off
any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with
these materials trapped or adhering
to the underbody, a breakdown or
fire could occur.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
passengers should fasten their seat
belts whenever the vehicle is moving.
When driving off- road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns,
strike objects, etc. This may cause
loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and
chassis.
NOTICE
If driving through water, such as
when crossing shallow streams,
first check the depth of the water
and the bottom of the river bed for
firmness. Drive slowly and avoid
deep water.
Take all necessary safety measures
to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does
not occur.
Water entering the engine air intake
will cause severe engine damage.
Water can wash the grease from
wheel bearings, causing rusting and
premature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission
and transfer case, reducing the gear
oil’s lubricating qualities.
Sand and mud that has accumulated
in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency
and may damage brake system components.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
301
06 04.25
Winter driving tips
Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off- road
driving that has taken you through
rough terrain, sand, mud, or water.
For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.
Make sure your coolant is properly protected against freezing.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non- silicate, non- amine, non- nitrite,
and non- borate coolant with long- life hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant with
long- life hybrid organic acid technology is
a combination of low phosphates and organic acids.)
See “Checking the engine coolant level”
on page 362 in Section 7- 2 for details of
coolant type selection.
For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about -35C
(- 31F).
For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about -42C
(- 44F).
NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape
to provide enough power for winter starting. Section 7- 3 tells you how to visually
inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer
and most service stations will be pleased
to check the level of charge.
Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.
See page 360 in Section 7- 2 for recommended viscosity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your vehicle during winter
months may cause harder starting. If you
are not sure about which oil to use, call
your Toyota dealer—they will be pleased
to help.
Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock de- icer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing. To open
a frozen lock, try heating the key before
inserting it.
Use a washer fluid containing an antifreeze solution.
This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
302
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Dinghy towing
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passenger- and- load- carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not
overload your vehicle or trailer. Ask your
local Toyota dealer for further details before towing.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.
Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse
(manual) and block the front wheels. Do
not use the parking brake, or snow or
water accumulated in and around the
parking brake mechanism may freeze,
making it hard to release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.
LS30001a
Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
ground) behind a motorhome.
NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle with four
wheels on the ground. This may
cause serious damage to your vehicle.
Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emergency equipment.
We recommend you use a weight distributing hitch when towing to keep your vehicle level with the ground.
NOTICE
When towing a trailer, be sure to consult your Toyota dealer for further information on additional requirements
such as a towing kit, etc.
WEIGHT LIMITS
Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, gross combination weight,
gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight
and trailer tongue load are all within
the limits.
Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
303
06 04.25
The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.
CAUTION
The maximum gross trailer weight
(trailer weight plus cargo weight)
must never exceed the following.
Without towing package
1587 kg (3500 lb.)
With towing package
2948 kg (6500 lb.)
If towing a trailer and cargo weighing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it is necessary to use a sway control device
with sufficient capacity. The combination of the gross trailer weight
added to the total weight of the
vehicle, occupants and vehicle cargo must never exceed a total of the
following.
304
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
3402 kg (7500 lb.)
Four- wheel drive models and PreRunner
2TR- FE engine
3628 kg (8000 lb.)
1GR- FE engine
Without towing package
3674 kg (8100 lb.)
With towing package
5034 kg (11100 lb.)
Exceeding the maximum weight of
the trailer, the vehicle, or the vehicle and trailer combination, can
cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS20008b
Regular and double cab models
Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-
The load on either the front or rear
ent weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capable of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maximum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer- hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.
axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
on the Certification Label.
The gross vehicle weight must not
LS20009b
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross vehicle weight is the sum of weights
of the unloaded vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.
Access cab models
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
305
06 04.25
Total trailer weight
Tongue load
Total trailer weight
Tongue load
100 = 9 to 11%
However, if towing with a fifth
wheel trailer, the cargo load must
be distributed so that the tongue
load is 19 to 21% of the total trailer
weight. Never load the trailer with
more weight in the back than in the
front. About 60% of the trailer load
should be in the front half of the
trailer and the remaining 40% in the
rear.
HITCHES
If you wish to install a trailer hitch, you
should consult with your Toyota dealer.
Use only a hitch recommended by the
hitch manufacturer and the one which
conforms to the total trailer weight
requirement.
The hitch must be bolted securely to
the vehicle frame and installed according to the hitch manufacturer’s instructions.
The hitch ball and king pin should have
a light coat of grease.
Toyota recommends removing the trail-
The trailer cargo load should be
er hitch whenever you are not towing
a trailer to reduce the possibility of
additional damage caused by the hitch
if your vehicle is struck from behind.
After removing the hitch, seal any
mounting holes in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of pollutants such as exhaust fumes, dirt, water, etc.
distributed so that the tongue load
is 9 to 11% of the total trailer
weight, not exceeding the maximum
load of the following.
Without towing package
158 kg (350 lb.)
With towing package
294 kg (650 lb.)
306
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
TRAILER BALL
NOTICE
Follow these easy steps to properly determine the correct trailer ball for your application:
Do not use axle- mounted hitches as
they can cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels or
tires. Also, never install a hitch which
may interfere with the normal function
of an Energy Absorbing Bumper, if so
equipped.
LS30011
1
2
3
4
Trailer ball load rating
Ball diameter
Shank length
Shank diameter
1. Determine the correct trailer ball size
for the trailer coupler. Most couplers
are stamped with the required trailer
ball size. The sizes you will most likely
find stamped on the coupler are:
Trailer class
Typical trailer ball size
IV
2 5/16 in.
II and III
I
2 in.
1 7/8 in.
2. Select the appropriate trailer ball to
match or exceed the gross trailer
weight rating of the trailer. The trailer
ball load rating should be printed on
the top of the ball.
3. When mounted in the ball mount, the
threaded ball shank must protrude beyond the bottom of the lock washer
and nut at least 2 threads. The trailer
ball shank must be matched to the ball
mount hole diameter size.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
307
06 04.25
LS30004
BUMPER TOWING
The rear bumper of your vehicle is
equipped with a hole to install a trailer
ball. The maximum gross trailer weight is
1587 kg (3500 lb.).
CAUTION
LS30005
LS30007
FIFTH WHEEL TRAILER
NOTICE
When towing a fifth wheel trailer, be
careful not to hit the cabin or deck
by the trailer while making a sharp
turn.
LS30008
The maximum gross trailer weight
(trailer weight plus cargo weight)
when towing with the bumper must
never exceed 1587 kg (3500 lb.).
1 Coupler
2 Trailer ball
308
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
MATCHING TRAILER BALL HEIGHT TO
TRAILER COUPLER HEIGHT
No matter which class of tow hitch applies, for a safe trailer hookup, the trailer
ball setup on must be the proper height
for the coupler on the trailer.
BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS
Toyota
recommends trailers with
brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.
A safety chain must always be used
between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should
cross under the trailer tongue to
prevent the tongue from dropping to
the ground in case it becomes damaged or separated. For correct safety
chain procedures, follow the hitch or
trailer manufacturer’s recommendations.
CAUTION
If the total trailer weight exceeds
453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.
Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.
LS30009
Never tow a trailer without using a
safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.
SERVICE CONNECTOR
BRAKE CONTROLLER
FOR
TOWING
Your vehicle is equipped with a service
connector for the trailer brake controller
as shown. Link the connector to the trailer
brake controller via the sub wire harness
stored in the glove box. The detailed explanation of the sub wire harness circuit
is packed together with the sub wire harness.
Be sure to position the trailer brake controller where it does not prevent the driver
from operating the pedal.
Toyota recommends that the sub wire harness be stored in the glove box when it
is not in use.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
309
06 04.25
TIRES
TOWING
LIGHTS
Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are
the pressure recommended by the trailer manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.
FOR
TRAILER
Your vehicle is equipped with a wire
properly inflated. See page 366 in Section 7- 2 and page 400 in Section 8 for
instructions.
The trailer tires should be inflated to
CONNECTOR
LS30010
harness stored in the rear end under
body. Some models are fitted with a
socket for trailer lights under the rear
bumper. Use either of them to connect
and operate the trailer lights. However,
the trailer lights must comply with federal, state/provincial and local regulations. See your local recreational vehicle dealer or rental agency for the
correct type of wiring and relays for
your trailer. Check for correct operation
of the turn signals and stop lights each
time you hitch up. Direct splicing may
damage your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.
The towing connector can be also connected to the trailer brake and trailer
sub battery.
BREAK- IN SCHEDULE
Toyota recommends that you do not
tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train component (engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.
310
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Because stopping distance may be in-
MAINTENANCE
TRAILER TOWING TIPS
If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not towing. The three main causes of vehicletrailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:
require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this
information,
please
refer
to
the
scheduled maintenance information in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.
PRE- TOWING SAFETY CHECK
Check that your vehicle remains level
when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal nose- up or nose- down
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.
Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it cannot shift.
Check that your rear view mirrors conform to any applicable federal state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.
Before starting out, check operation of
the lights and all vehicle- trailer connections. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and connections. Before actually towing a trailer, practice turning, stopping and backing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.
Backing with a trailer is difficult and
requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This procedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer.) Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an accident.
creased, following distance should be
increased when towing a trailer. For
each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow
at least one vehicle and trailer length
between you and the vehicle ahead.
Avoid sudden braking as you may skid,
resulting in jackknifing and loss of control. This is especially true on wet or
slippery surfaces.
Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration. If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, prevent excessive clutch
slippage by keeping engine rpm low
and not racing the engine. Always start
out in first gear.
Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.
The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.
Remember that when making a turn,
the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
311
06 04.25
Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-
Because of the added load of the trail-
versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to prepare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.
er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30C [85F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” on page 320 in
Section 4.
Be careful when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes.
In order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not use fifth gear (5- speed
manual transmission) or sixth gear
(6- speed manual transmission), or do
not put the transmission in “D” (automatic transmission).
Always place wheel blocks under both
the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)
or in first or reverse (manual). Avoid
parking on a slope with a trailer, but
if it cannot be avoided, do so only
after performing the following:
When restarting out after parking on a
slope:
1. With the transmission in “P” position
(automatic) or the clutch pedal depressed (manual), start the engine.
(With an automatic transmission, be
sure to keep the brake pedal depressed.)
2. Shift into gear.
3. Release the parking brake (also foot
brake on automatic transmission vehicles) and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.
1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or
“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.
312
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer
CAUTION
Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or
the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because instability (swaying) of a towing vehicletrailer
combination
usually
increases as the speed increases, exceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.
Slow down and downshift before
descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts.
Avoid holding the brake pedal down
too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking efficiency.
Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:
Keep your tires inflated at the correct pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See page
366 in Section 7- 2 for instructions.
Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.
Avoid lengthy warm- up idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, however, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.
Put the selector lever into the “D”
when engine braking is not required.
5- speed automatic transmission—Driving with the selector lever in “4” will
reduce the fuel economy (For details,
see “Automatic transmission (5- speed)”
on page 165 in Section 1- 7.)
4- speed automatic transmission—Driving with the selector lever in “3” will
reduce the fuel economy (For details,
see “Automatic transmission (4- speed)”
on page 170 in Section 1- 7.)
Accelerate
slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
gear as quickly as possible.
Avoid long engine idling. If you have
a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.
Avoid engine lugging or over- revving. Use a gear position suitable for
the road on which you are travelling.
Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down.
wastes fuel.
Stop- and- go
driving
Avoid
unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper distance from other vehicles to avoid sudden braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.
Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
or brake pedal. This causes premature
wear, overheating and poor fuel economy.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
313
06 04.25
Maintain a moderate speed on highways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel consumption.
Keep the front wheels in proper
alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.
CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function without the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is running.
Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle tuned- up and in
top shape. A dirty air cleaner,
improper valve clearance, dirty plugs,
dirty
oil
and
grease,brakes
not
adjusted,
etc.
all
lower
engine
performance and contribute to poor fuel
economy. For longer life of all parts
and lower operating costs, keep all
maintenance work on schedule, and if
you
often
drive
under
severe
conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance.
(For
scheduled
maintenance
information,
please
refer
to
the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
314
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
4
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot increase engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle becomes stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever . . . . . . . .
If you lose your keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
319
320
320
321
331
332
337
338
338
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
315
06 04.25
If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting procedure given in “How to start the engine”
on page 298 in Section 3 and that you
have sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is
equipped with the engine immobilizer system, also check whether the other keys
will start the engine. If they work, your
key may be broken. Have the key
checked at your Toyota dealer. If none of
your keys work, there may be a malfunction in the immobilizer system. Call your
Toyota dealer. (See “Keys (with engine
immobilizer system)” on page 12 in Section 1- 2.)
If the engine is not turning over or is
turning over too slowly—
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
(b) Starting a flooded engine
NOTICE
Do not pull- or push- start the vehicle. It may damage the vehicle or
cause a collision when the engine
starts. Also the three- way catalytic
converter may overheat and become a
fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or
“LOCK” and try starting the engine
again.
2. If the engine will not start, the engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking. See “(b) Starting a flooded
engine” for further instructions.
3. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.
If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the ignition key to
“START” with the accelerator pedal fully
depressed. Keep the key and accelerator
pedal in these positions for 15 seconds
and release them. Then try starting the
engine with your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
If the engine does not start after 15 seconds of cranking, release the key, wait
a few minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump starting. See “(c) Jump starting” for further
instructions.
If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.
316
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
(c) Jump starting
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might result from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent mechanic or towing service.
CAUTION
Batteries
contain
sulfuric
acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or vehicle.
The gas normally produced by a
battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.
NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.
JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unnecessary lights and accessories.
When boosting, use the battery of
matching or higher quality. Any other
battery may be difficult to jump start
with.
If jump starting is difficult, charge the
battery for several minutes.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batteries. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting, run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
If you should accidentally get acid
on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water immediately. Then get immediate medical
attention. If possible, continue to
apply water with a sponge or cloth
while en route to the medical office.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
317
06 04.25
Discharged battery
LS40034
Positive
terminal
(“+” mark) Jumper
cable
Booster
battery
Jumper cable
LS40035
Discharged battery
Positive terminal
(“+” mark)
4. Make the cable connections in the order a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.
Negative terminal
(“- ” mark)
LS40002
Booster
battery
c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)
terminal on the booster battery.
d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting points
are shown in the following illustrations:
Connecting point for 2TR- FE engine
LS40001
Connecting point for 1GR- FE engine
318
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
If your engine stalls while
driving
Do not connect the cable to or near
any part that moves when the engine
is cranked.
CAUTION
When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch anything except the correct battery terminals or the ground.
If the first start attempt is not successful...
Check that the clamp on the jumper
cables are tight. Recharge the discharged
battery with the jumper cables connected
for several minutes and restart your engine in the normal way.
If another attempt is not successful, the
battery may be depleted. Have it checked
at your Toyota dealer.
If your engine stalls while driving...
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or
“LOCK”, and try starting the engine
again.
If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start” on page 316 in this
Section.
CAUTION
5. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
319
06 04.25
If you cannot increase engine
speed
If engine speed does not increase when
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
may be a problem somewhere in the electronic throttle control system.
At this time, vibration may occur. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erroneous pedal operation.
If your vehicle overheats
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you experience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the vehicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or neutral (manual) and apply the parking brake. Turn off the air
conditioning if it is being used.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running.
CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.
3. Visually check to see if the engine
drive belt (fan belt) is broken or loose.
Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the engine drive belt is broken or the
coolant is leaking, stop the engine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. and
there are no obvious leaks, you may
help the engine cool down more quickly
by running it at about 1500 rpm for a
few minutes with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry,
add coolant to the reservoir while the
engine is running. Fill it about half full.
For the coolant type, See “Coolant type
selection” on page 362 in Section 7- 2.
320
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
If you have a flat tire—
CAUTION
Do not attempt to remove the radiator
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. Serious injury could result from
scalding hot fluid and steam blown
out under pressure.
7. After the engine coolant temperature
has cooled to normal, again check the
coolant level in the reservoir. If necessary, bring it up to half full again. Serious coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place
well away from the traffic. Avoid
stopping on the center divider of
a highway. Park on a level spot
with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your
emergency flashers.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and
put the transmission in “P” (automatic) or reverse (manual).
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions
thoroughly.
CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe
the following to reduce the possibility of personal injury:
Follow jacking instructions.
Do not put any part of your
body under the vehicle supported by the jack. Otherwise,
personal injury may occur.
Do not start or run the engine
while your vehicle is supported
by the jack.
Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking
brake and put the transmission
in “P” (automatic) or reverse
(manual). Block the wheel diagonally opposite to the one being changed if necessary.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
321
06 04.25
—Required tools and spare tire
Make sure to set the jack properly in the jack point. Raising
the vehicle with jack improperly positioned will damage the
vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack and
cause personal injury.
Never get under the vehicle
when the vehicle is supported
by the jack alone.
Use the jack only for lifting
your vehicle during wheel
changing.
Do not raise the vehicle with
someone in the vehicle.
When raising the vehicle, do
not place any objects on top
of or underneath the jack.
Raise the vehicle only high
enough to remove and change
the tire.
NOTICE
Do not continue driving with a
deflated tire. Driving even a
short distance can damage a
tire and wheel beyond repair.
LS40003
Regular cab models (behind the
seatback)
LS40006a
Front
Access cab models (under the
rear seats)
322
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
LS40007a
LS40036
LS40005a
Front
Double cab models (under the
rear seats)
1. Get the required tools and
spare tire.
1 Jack
2 Tool bag
To prepare yourself for an emergency,
you should familiarize yourself with
the use of the jack, each of the tools
and their storage locations.
When storing the tool bag, make sure
it is securely by the tightening strap.
Turn the jack joint by hand.
To remove: Turn the joint in direction
1 until the jack is free.
To store: Turn the joint in direction 2
until the jack is firmly secured to prevent it flying forward during a collision
or sudden braking.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Put a jack handle, jack handle extension and jack handle end together as shown in the illustration.
1 Jack handle end
2 Jack handle extension
3 Wheel nut wrench
CAUTION
Make sure they are each securely
fixed with the screws.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
323
06 04.25
—Blocking the wheel
LS40004a
2. Insert the end of the jack handle
end into the lowering screw and
turn it counterclockwise with the
handle.
3. After the tire is lowered completely
to the ground, remove the holding
bracket.
When storing the spare tire, put it in
place with the outer side of the wheel
facing up. Then secure the tire, taking
care that the tire goes straight up
without catching on any other part, to
prevent it from flying forward during
a collision or sudden braking.
—Removing wheel ornament
LS40008
LS40010
2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to keep the
vehicle from rolling when it is
jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a
wheel block in front of one of the front
wheels or behind one of the rear
wheels.
Type A
LS40011
Type B
324
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Loosening wheel nuts
CAUTION
LS40012a
Type C
3. Remove the wheel ornament.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench
as shown.
CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid
unexpected personal injury.
Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose
and the wheels may fall off,
which could cause a serious accident.
LS40013
4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Always loosen the wheel nuts before
raising the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise
to loosen. To get maximum leverage,
fit the wrench to the nut so that the
handle is on the right side, as shown
above. Grab the wrench near the end
of the handle and pull up on the handle. Be careful that the wrench does
not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew them about one- half turn.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
325
06 04.25
—Positioning the jack
LS40014
Front
—Raising your vehicle
LS40037
LS40005a
Rear
5. Position the jack at the correct
jack point as shown.
Make sure the jack is positioned on
a level and solid place.
JACK POINTS:
Front—Under the frame side rail
Rear—Under the rear axle housing
Front of
vehicle
Put a wheel nut wrench, jack handle
extension and jack handle end together as shown in the illustration.
1 Jack handle end
2 Jack handle extension
3 Wheel nut wrench
CAUTION
Make sure they are each securely
fixed with screws.
326
6. After making sure that no one
is in the vehicle, as the jack
touches the vehicle and begins
to fit, double- check that it is
properly positioned.
Rear side only—
When positioning the jack under the
rear axle housing, make sure the
groove on the top of the jack fits with
the rear axle housing.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Changing wheels
LS40015
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack
handle end with the extension into the
jack (it is a loose fit) and turn it clockwise with the handle. As the jack
touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
double- check that it is properly positioned.
LS40016
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the
jack alone.
7. After making sure that no one
is in the vehicle, raise it high
enough so that the spare tire
can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare
tire than when removing the flat tire.
8. Remove the wheel nuts and
change tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the
bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get
at least the top bolt started through
its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it
back over the other bolts.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
327
06 04.25
—Reinstalling wheel nuts
CAUTION
LS40017
Before putting on wheels, remove any
corrosion on the mounting surfaces
with a wire brush or such. Installation
of wheels without good metal- to- metal contact at the mounting surface can
cause wheel nuts to loosen and
eventually cause a wheel to come off
while driving.
Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead
to overtightening the nuts and
damaging the bolts. The nuts
may loosen and the wheels may
fall off, which could cause a serious accident. If there is oil or
grease on any bolt or nut, clean
it.
LS40018a
9. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end
inward) and tighten them as much as
you can by hand. Press back on the
tire back and see if you can tighten
them more.
328
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Lowering your vehicle
LS40020
Two- wheel drive models except
PreRunner
10.Lower the vehicle completely
and tighten the wheel nuts.
Turn the jack handle end with the extension counterclockwise with handle
to lower the vehicle, making sure the
handle remains firmly fitted onto the
jack handle extension.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and
turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.
Do not use other tools or any additional leverage other than your hands,
such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.
Make sure the wrench is securely engaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in
the order shown. Repeat the process
until all the nuts are tight.
CAUTION
When lowering the vehicle,
make sure all portions of your
body and all other persons
around will not be injured as
the vehicle is lowered to the
ground.
Have the wheel nuts tightened
with torque wrench to 113 N·m
(11.5 kgf·m, 85 ft·lbf), as soon
as possible after changing
wheels. Otherwise, the nuts
may loosen and the wheels
may fall off, which could cause
a serious accident.
LS40019
Four- wheel
PreRunner
drive
models
and
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
329
06 04.25
—Reinstalling wheel ornament
(type A only)
—After changing wheels
CAUTION
LS40021
Take due care in handling the
ornament to avoid unexpected
personal injury.
Do not attach a heavily damaged plastic wheel ornament.
It may fly off the wheel and
cause accidents while the vehicle is moving.
11. Reinstall the wheel ornament.
Put the wheel ornament into position
and then tap it firmly with the side or
heel of your hand to snap it into place.
330
12.Check the air pressure of the replaced tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specification designated on page 400 in
Section 8. If the pressure is lower,
drive slowly to the nearest service
station and fill to the correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation valve cap as dirt and moisture
could get into the valve core and
possibly cause air leakage. If the cap
is missing, have a new one put on as
soon as possible.
13.Restow all the tools, jack and
flat tire securely.
With a spare tire of the same wheel
type as the installed tires—
As soon after changing wheels as
possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
torque specified on page 400 in Section 8 with a torque wrench. Have a
technician repair the flat tire.
With a spare tire of different wheel
type from the installed tires—
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
If your vehicle becomes stuck
As soon after changing wheels as
possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
torque specified on page 400 in Section 8 with a torque wrench. Have a
technician repair the flat tire and replace the spare tire with it.
CAUTION
Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are securely in place in their storage
location to reduce the possibility
of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking.
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it
forward and backward.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
“AUTO LSD” system, you can use it in
this situation. (For details, see “AUTO
LSD system” on page 181 in Section
1- 7.)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
rear differential lock system, you can
use it in this situation. (For details, see
“Rear differential lock system” on page
191 in Section 1- 7.)
CAUTION
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and backward if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or backward
as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or objects.
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent damage to the transmission and other
parts.
Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is completely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.
Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.
If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as towing.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
331
06 04.25
If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front
—From rear
LS40024
(b) Using flat bed truck
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front
—From rear
LS40025
(b) Using flat bed truck
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by your Toyota dealer
or a commercial tow truck service. In
consultation with them, have your vehicle towed using either (a) or (b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or
commercial tow truck service, tow your
vehicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency
towing” on page 334 or 335 in this
Section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.
Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following precautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.
TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Two- wheel drive models
Four- wheel drive models
332
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Two- wheel drive models—
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—
recommend using a towing dolly under
rear wheels. If you do not use a towdolly, release the parking brake and
the transmission in neutral.
Automatic transmission:
Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.
NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the front with the
rear wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.
When lifting wheels, take care to
ensure adequate ground clearance
for towing at the opposite end of
the raised vehicle. Otherwise, the
bumper and/or underbody of the
towed vehicle will be damaged during towing.
Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position, as the
steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight while towing.
(b) Using flat bed truck
Four- wheel drive models—
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—
NOTICE
Manual transmission:
We
the
ing
put
From rear—Place the ignition key in the
“ACC” position.
Manual transmission:
We recommend using a towing dolly under
the rear wheels. If you do not use a towing dolly, release the parking brake, put
the transmission in neutral and the front
drive control switch knob in “H2”.
Automatic transmission:
Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.
NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the front with the
rear wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
333
06 04.25
—Emergency towing (four- wheel
drive models and PreRunner
without off- road package)
From rear—We recommend using a towing dolly under the front wheels. If you do
not use a towing dolly, place the ignition
key in the “ACC” position, put the transmission in “N” (automatic) or neutral
(manual) and the front drive control switch
knob in “H2”.
(c) Towing with sling type
truck
LS40031a
LS40028
NOTICE
Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position when towing
from the rear without a towing dolly.
The steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight.
All models—
(c) Towing with sling type truck
(b) Using flat bed truck
NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, either from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to one of the emergency towing
eyelet under the front of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Only use specified towing eyelet;
otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.
334
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Emergency towing (four- wheel
drive models and PreRunner with
off- road package)
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard- surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in neutral (manual) or “N” (automatic). The key must be
in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine running).
Four- wheel drive models—Put the front
drive control switch knob in “H2”.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the emergency towing eyelet and towing cable
or chain. The eyelet and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
LS40030a
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook
under the front of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.
NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelet provided.
NOTICE
Only use specified towing hook;
otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
335
06 04.25
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard- surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in neutral (manual) or “N” (automatic). The key must be
in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine running).
Four- wheel drive models—Put the front
drive control switch knob in “H2”.
—Emergency towing hook and
eyelet precautions
Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged and
that the installation bolts are not loose.
Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook or eyelet.
Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and
even force.
To avoid damaging the hook and eye-
CAUTION
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and towing cable
or chain. The hook and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
let, do not pull from the side or at a
vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing hook provided.
336
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Tips for towing a stuck
vehicle
CAUTION
If the emergency towing hook is used
to get out when your vehicle becomes
stuck in the mud, sand or other
condition from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power, make sure to observe the precautions mentioned below. Otherwise, excessive stress will be put on the
hook and the towing cable or chain
may break, causing serious injury or
damage.
If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
The following methods are effective to
use when your vehicle is stuck in the
mud, sand or other condition from
which the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. In addition, keep away from the vehicles and
towing cable or chain when towing.
LS40032
Remove the sand and soil in the front
and the back of the tires.
Place stones or wood under the tires.
If the towing vehicle can hardly
If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button as follows:
move, do not forcibly continue the
towing. Contact your Toyota dealer
or a commercial tow truck service
for assistance.
Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
1. Turn the ignition key to
position. Make sure the
brake is applied.
as possible.
Keep away from the vehicle during
“LOCK”
parking
2. Pry up the cover with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent.
towing.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
337
06 04.25
If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter
If you lose your keys
You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobilizer system, the
dealer will also need your master key.
LS40033
Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—Even if you lose only one key, contact your Toyota dealer to make a new
key. If you lose all your master keys, you
cannot make new keys; the whole engine
immobilizer system must be replaced.
See the suggestion given in “Keys” on
page 12 in Section 1- 2.
3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalent
into the hole to push down the shift
lock override button. You can shift
out of “P” position only while pushing the button.
4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window because it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.
You can purchase a new wireless remote control transmitter at your Toyota
dealer.
Have the registered identification numbers
of your transmitters deleted from your vehicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
an accident. Then, have the identification
number of your new transmitter registered.
At the same time, you must bring all of
the remaining transmitters to have them
registered again as well.
You can use the wireless remote control
system with the new transmitter. Contact
your Toyota dealer for detailed information.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
338
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
5
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Washing and waxing your Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Cleaning the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
339
06 01.06
Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
Toyota, through its diligent research, design and use of the most advanced
technology available, helps prevent corrosion and provides you with the finest quality vehicle construction. Now, it is up to
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help
ensure long- term corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:
The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hard- to- reach areas under
the vehicle.
Chipping
of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.
Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your vehicle under certain environmental conditions:
Road salt or dust control chemicals will
accelerate corrosion, as will the presence of salt in the air near the seacoast or in areas of industrial pollution.
High humidity accelerates corrosion especially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.
340
Wetness or dampness to certain parts
High pressure water or steam is effec-
of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.
tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing. The
lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
frame members have drain holes which
should not be allowed to clog with dirt
as trapped water in these areas can
cause corrosion.
High ambient temperatures can cause
corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which do not dry quickly due to
lack of proper ventilation.
The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any damage to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.
Wash the underside of the vehicle thoroughly when winter is over.
your
See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” on
page 341 in this Section for more tips.
Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:
Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately to prevent corrosion from starting. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.
To help prevent corrosion on
Toyota, follow these guidelines:
If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize corrosion.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Washing and waxing your
Toyota
Check the interior of your vehicle. Water and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Occasionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly careful when transporting chemicals, cleansers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Full- size
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it covered with
water or snow, your garage may be so
damp as to cause corrosion. Even if your
garage is heated, a wet vehicle can corrode if the ventilation is poor.
Washing your Toyota
Keep your
washing.
vehicle
clean
by
regular
The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as possible.
When driving in a coastal area
When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze
When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,
CAUTION
When cleaning under floor or chassis, be careful not to injure your
hands.
Exhaust gases cause the exhaust
pipe to become quite hot. When
washing the vehicle, be careful not
to touch the pipe until it has cooled
sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
bird droppings and carcass of an insect
When driving in areas where there is
a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust or
chemical substances
When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud
Hand- washing your Toyota
Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not warm to the touch.
1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Remove any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or the wheel
wells.
2. Wash with a mild car- wash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (highpressure car wash, for example) at or
near the fuel tank inlet with the fuel filler
door opened. If the water enters the air
vent, you may experience trouble with refueling or rough engine idling.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
341
06 01.06
Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic substances splash an ornament, be sure to
wash them off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper
faces are soft.
Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not use
organic substances or scrub them with a
hard brush. This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.
3. Rinse
thoroughly—dried
soap
can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.
342
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances
(gasoline, kerosene, benzine or
strong solvents), which may be toxic or cause damage.
Do not scrub any part of the vehicle with a hard brush, which may
cause damage.
Windshield washer nozzles: Make sure
that the nozzles do not become blocked
when waxing. If a nozzle becomes
blocked, contact your Toyota dealer to
have the vehicle serviced.
NOTICE
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
Waxing your Toyota
Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
surface does not repel water well.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle before you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weathered, use a car- cleaning polish, followed by a separate wax. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on the
surfaces of the lights. Wax may cause
damage to the lenses. If you accidentally
put wax on the light surfaces, wipe or
wash it off.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the surface in large patches.
NOTICE
Always remove the plastic bumpers if
your vehicle is re- painted and placed
in a high heat paint waxing booth.
High temperatures could damage the
bumpers.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Cleaning the interior
CAUTION
Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags:
Be careful not to splash water or
spill liquid on the floor. This may
prevent the side airbags and curtain
shield airbags from activating correctly, resulting in serious injury.
Do not wash the vehicle floor with
water, or allow water to get onto
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
interior or exterior. Water may get
into audio components or other
electrical components above or under the floor carpet (or mat) and
cause a malfunction; and it may
cause body corrosion.
Vinyl interior
The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.
First vacuum over the upholstery to remove loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, repeat the procedure. Commercial foamingtype vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.
Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.
Seat belts
The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are cleaning, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.
NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.
Carpets
Use a good foam- type
clean the carpets.
shampoo
to
Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to produce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.
NOTICE
Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.
Do not use the belts until they become dry.
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.
Air conditioning control panel, audio
panel, instrument panel, console panel,
and switches
Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.
Soak a clean soft cloth in water or lukewarm water then lightly wipe off dirt.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
343
06 01.06
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (solvents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discoloring, staining or peeling of the
surface.
If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances mentioned above.
If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not spill the liquid onto the vehicle’s interior surfaces. It may contain the
ingredients mentioned
above. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.
Leather Interior
The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.
Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.
344
After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a ventilated shaded area.
NOTICE
If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.
Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline or
alkaline or acid solutions for cleaning the leather as these could
cause discoloring.
The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days, so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.
Improper cleaning of the leather upholstery could result in discoloration or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.
Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.
Mildew may develop on soiled leather upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.
Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your vehicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
6
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs . . . . . . . . .
346
347
349
350
For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
345
06 04.25
Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save both your time
and money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day- to- day care, is
more important than ever before to ensure
smooth, and trouble- free, safe, and economical drivings.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and
emission control system warranties specify
that proper maintenance and care must be
performed.
See
“Owner’s
Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”
for
complete
warranty
information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those dayto- day care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to ensure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
Scheduled maintenance
The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular intervals.
For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.
The owner may elect to use non- Toyota
supplied parts for replacement purposes without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.
You
may
also
elect
to
have
maintenance, replacement, or repair of
the emission control devices and
system performed by any automotive
repair
establishment
or
individual
without invalidating this warranty. See
“Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for
complete warranty information.
Where to go for service?
Toyota technicians are well- trained specialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and in- dealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.
You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle—reliably and economically.
Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been performed for warranty coverage. If any problems should arise with your vehicle while
under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to keep a copy of the repair order for any
service performed on your Toyota.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.
346
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
General maintenance
What about do- it- yourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechanical ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to perform them are presented on page 351 in
Section 7.
If you are a skilled do- it- yourself
mechanic, the Toyota service manuals are
recommended. Please be aware that
do- it- yourself maintenance can affect your
warranty coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the details.
Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as frequently as specified. In addition to checking the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a qualified service shop immediately. It is recommended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.
CAUTION
Make these checks only with adequate ventilation if you run the engine.
IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See page 381 in Section 7- 3 for
additional information.
Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the seethrough reservoir when the engine is cold.
See page 362 in Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Radiator, condenser and hoses
Check that the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked with
leaves, dirt, or insects. See page 363 in
Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Battery condition
Check the battery condition by the indicator color. See page 378 in Section 7- 3 for
additional information.
Brake fluid level
Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See page 363 in Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See page 360 in Section
7- 2 for additional information.
Power steering fluid level (2TR- FE engine)
Check the level on the dipstick. The level
should be in the “HOT” or “COLD” range
depending on the fluid temperature. See
page 365 in Section 7- 2 for additional information.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
347
06 04.25
Power steering fluid level (1GR- FE engine)
Check the level through the reservoir. The
level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”
range depending on the fluid temperature.
See page 365 in Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immediately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” on
page 273 in Section 2.)
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working. Check headlight aim.
Seats
Brakes
Check that all seat controls such as seat
adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate
smoothly and that all latches lock securely
in any position. Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and
that the locks hold securely in any latched
position.
For
folding- down
seatback
(bench seat) and rear seatback (rear split
bench seat), check that the latches lock
securely.
In a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.
Seat belts
Check that the seat belt system such as
buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt
webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or damaged.
Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.
Clutch pedal
Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers
Check the pedal for smooth operation.
Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.
Steering wheel
Brake pedal
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.
348
Parking brake (pedal type)
Check that the pedal has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Parking brake (lever type)
Check that the lever has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mechanism
On a safe incline, check that your vehicle
is held securely with the selector lever in
“P” position and all brakes released.
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Fluid leaks
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, water or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Does your vehicle need
repairing?
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including tailgate operate smoothly and all latches lock securely. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch secures the hood from
opening when the primary latch is released.
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge every two weeks, or at least once a
month. See page 366 in Section 7- 2
for additional information.
Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts,
damage or excessive wear. See page
369 in Section 7- 2 for additional information. When checking the tires,
make sure no nuts are missing, and
check the nuts for looseness. Tighten
them if necessary.
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires according to the
maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) See page 371 in Section 7- 2
for additional information.
Be on the alert for changes in performance, sounds, and visual tip- offs that
indicate service is needed. Some important clues are as follows:
Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A leak under the vehicle (however, water dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)
If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the vehicle unchecked. It could result in serious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.
Change in exhaust sound (This may
indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked immediately.)
Flat- looking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear
Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road
Strange noises related to suspension
movement
Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
feeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal almost touches floor; vehicle pulls to one
side when braking
Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
349
06 04.25
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD
(On- Board Diagnostics) checks.
The OBD system monitors the operation
of the emission control system. When the
OBD system determines that a problem
exists somewhere in the emission control
system, the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even
does
pass
have
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips, but the
error code in the OBD system will not be
cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
taken.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
even the malfunction indicator lamp does
not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
to prepare the vehicle for re- testing.
if the malfunction indicator lamp
not come on, your vehicle may not
the I/M test as readiness codes
not been set in the OBD system.
Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.
Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary malfunction such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
350
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
7- 1
DO- IT- YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Do- it- yourself service precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
352
354
354
356
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
351
06 04.25
Engine compartment overview
2TR- FE engine
1. Windshield washer fluid tank
2. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Power steering fluid reservoir
5. Engine oil level dipstick
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuse block
8. Battery
9. Condenser
10. Radiator
LS71002b
352
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
1GR- FE engine
1. Windshield washer fluid tank
2. Power steering fluid reservoir
3. Engine oil level dipstick
4. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Engine oil filler cap
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuse block
8. Battery
9. Condenser
10. Radiator
LS71001b
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
353
06 04.25
Do- it- yourself service
precautions
Fuse locations
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this Section.
Spare fuses
LS71004
You should be aware that improper or incomplete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing
do- it- yourself
maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.
This Section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.
LS71003
For information on tools and parts for doit- yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools” on page 356 in this Section.
LS71005
354
Utmost care
ing on your
injury. Here
you should
serve:
should be taken when workvehicle to prevent accidental
are a few precautions that
be especially careful to ob-
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive
belts.
(Removing
rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)
Right
after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold, power steering
fluid reservoir and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be careful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.
If the engine is hot, do not remove
the radiator cap or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.
Do not leave anything that may
burn easily, such as paper or rags,
in the engine compartment.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
Use eye protection whenever you
work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
Used engine oil contains potentially
harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To remove used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.
Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.
Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and filter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.
Be extremely cautious when work-
Do not get under your vehicle with
ing on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
just the body jack supporting it. Always use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.
NOTICE
Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or voltages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.
Add only “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene glycol based non- silicate,
non- amine, non- nitrite, and non- borate coolant with long- life hybrid
organic acid technology to fill the
radiator. “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water (for
the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%
deionized water (for Canada).
If you spill some of the coolant, be
sure to wash it off with water to
prevent it from damaging the parts
or paint.
Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plug holes.
Use only spark plugs of the specified type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of performance or radio noise.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
355
06 04.25
Parts and tools
Do not reuse iridium- tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or regapping.
Do not overfill automatic transmission fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.
Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.
Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.
When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc.
Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need to perform do- it- yourself maintenance. Remember all Toyota parts are designed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Tools:
Funnel (only for adding coolant)
CHECKING BRAKE FLUID
Parts (if level is low):
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
brake fluid
Parts (if level is low):
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
See page 360 in Section 7- 2 for details about engine oil selection.
Tools:
THE
ENGINE
CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID
Automatic
transmission
DEXRONII or III
COOLANT
Parts (if level is low):
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or
similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non- silicate, non- amine, non- nitrite, and non- borate coolant with longlife hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a
mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water(for the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45% deionized water (for Canada).
356
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding fluid)
Parts (if level is low):
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding oil)
CHECKING
LEVEL
Tools:
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
Tools:
Warm water
Baking soda
Grease
Conventional
clamp bolts)
wrench
(for
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
fluid
terminal
06 04.25
CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES
Parts (if replacement is necessary):
Fuse with same amperage rating as
original
ADDING WASHER FLUID
Parts:
Water
Washer fluid containing antifreeze
(for winter use)
Tools:
Funnel
REPLACING LIGHT BULBS
Parts:
Bulb with same number and wattage
rating as original (See charts in
“Replacing light bulbs” on page 382 in
Section 7- 3.)
Tools:
Screwdriver
Wrench
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
357
06 04.25
358
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
7- 2
DO- IT- YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the radiator and condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing snow tires and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum wheel precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
360
362
363
363
365
366
369
371
372
374
375
359
06 01.06
Checking the engine oil level
Low level
Full level
LS72005
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.
If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.
1. To get a correct reading, the vehicle
should be on level ground. After turning
off the engine, wait a few minutes for
the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.
Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick. We recommend that you use
a funnel when adding oil.
2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
the end and wipe it clean.
Add oil
O.K.
Too full
2TR- FE engine
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level while holding a rag under the
end.
Low level
Full level
LS72004
O.K.
Too full
2TR- FE engine
1.3 L (1.4 qt., 1.1 Imp.qt.)
1GR- FE engine
1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp.qt.)
For the engine oil capacity, see “Service
specifications” on page 396 in Section 8.
CAUTION
When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap hand- tight.
Be careful not to touch the hot exhaust manifold.
NOTICE
Be careful not to spill engine oil on
the vehicle components.
NOTICE
Add oil
The approximate quantity of oil needed to
raise the level between low and full on the
dipstick is indicated as follows:
Be careful not to drop engine oil on
the vehicle components.
Avoid overfilling, or
could be damaged.
the
Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.
1GR- FE engine
360
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
engine
06 01.06
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and viscosity.
If SAE 5W- 30 is not available, SAE
10W- 30 may be used. However, it
should be replaced with SAE 5W- 30 at
the next oil change.
Oil grade:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity:
SAE 5W- 30
Oil identification mark
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you
should use.
Outside temperature
SAE 5W- 30 is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good starting in cold
weather.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
361
06 01.06
Checking the engine coolant
level
Look at the see- through coolant reservoir when the engine is cold. The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the
reservoir. If the level is low, add the
coolant. (For the coolant type, see
“Coolant type selection” described below.)
The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “LOW” line, add
coolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”
line.
To ensure excellent lubrication performance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
specifically tested and approved for all
Toyota engines.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details about “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil”.
If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain
cock and water pump.
Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non- silicate, non- amine, non- nitrite,
and non- borate coolant with long- life
hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
with
long- life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)
For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about -35C
(- 31F).
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.
For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about -42C
(- 44F).
CAUTION
NOTICE
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.
362
Coolant type selection
Do not use plain water alone.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Checking the radiator and
condenser
Checking brake fluid (without
vehicle stability control
system)
If either of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, be careful not to touch the radiator or condenser when the engine is hot.
LS72007
NOTICE
Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long
Life Coolant”, which has been tested to
ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor
result in malfunction of your engine
coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota
Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated
with
long- life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology and has been specifically
designed to avoid engine cooling system
malfunction on Toyota vehicles.
Please contact
further details.
your
Toyota dealer
To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
work by yourself.
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see- through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical problem.
for
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
363
06 01.06
Checking brake fluid
(with vehicle stability control
system)
Refilling brake fluid:
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.
1. Turn the ignition switch off.
2. Depress the brake pedal more than 20
times.
LS72006
CAUTION
Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your
hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still feel uncomfortable
with your hands or eyes, go to the
doctor.
If you do not follow the procedure above,
the reservoir may overflow.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see- through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
NOTICE
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear or
when the fluid level in the accumulator is
high.
If you spill some of the fluid, be sure
to wipe it off to prevent it from damaging the parts or paintwork.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical problem.
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
364
3. Remove the reservoir cover by hand.
Add brake fluid up to the “MAX” line.
CAUTION
Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your
hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still feel uncomfortable
with your hands or eyes, go to the
doctor.
NOTICE
If you spill some of the fluid, be sure
to wipe it off to prevent it from damaging the parts or paintwork.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Checking power steering fluid
(2TR- FE engine)
Checking power steering fluid
(1GR- FE engine)
c. Reinstall the reservoir cap
If cold add
If cold O.K.
LS72009
If hot add
If hot O.K.
Check the fluid level on the dipstick. If
necessary, add automatic transmission
fluid DEXRONII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (40C—80C or 104F—175F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is
cold
(about
room
temperature,
0C—40C or 32F—104F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.
d. Remove the reservoir cap again and
look at the fluid level. If the fluid is
cold, the level should be in the “COLD”
range on the dipstick. Similarly, if it is
hot, the fluid level should be in the
“HOT” range. If the level is at the low
side of either range, add automatic
transmission fluid DEXRONII or III to
bring the level within the range.
e. After replacing the reservoir cap, visually check the steering box case, vane
pump and hose connections for leaks
or damage.
CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering could be damaged.
If hot
O.K.
If cold
O.K.
Open
Close
If hot
add
LS72008
If cold
add
Check the fluid level through the reservoir. If necessary, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (60C—80C or 140F—175F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is
cold
(about
room
temperature,
10C—30C or 50F—85F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.
a. Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoir tank.
b. Remove the reservoir cap by turning it
counterclockwise and wipe the dipstick
clean.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
365
06 01.06
Checking tire inflation
pressure
Clean all dirt from the outside of the reservoir tank and look at the fluid level. If
the fluid is cold, the level should be in the
“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, the
fluid level should be in the “HOT” range.
If the level is at the low side of either
range, add automatic transmission fluid
DEXRONII or III to bring the level within
the range.
To remove the reservoir cap, turn it counterclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
turn it clockwise. After replacing the reservoir cap, visually check the steering box
case, vane pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage.
LS72001f
LS72002f
CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering could be damaged.
Regular and double cab models
366
Access cab models
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Keep your tire inflation pressures
at the proper level.
The recommended cold tire inflation
pressures, tire sizes and the combined weight of occupants and cargo
(vehicle capacity weight) are described on page 392 in Section 8.
They are also described on the tire
and loading information label as
shown.
You should check the tire inflation
pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month. And do not forget the
spare!
The following instructions for
checking tire inflation pressure
should be observed:
The
pressure
should
be
checked only when the tires are
cold. If your vehicle has been
parked for at least 3 hours and has
not been driven for more than 1.5
km or 1 mile since, you will get
an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge. The appearance of a tire
can be misleading. Besides, tire
inflation pressures that are even
just a few pounds off can degrade
ride and handling.
Do not bleed or reduce tire
inflation pressure after driving.
It is normal for the tire inflation
pressure to be higher after driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passenger and luggage weight should be located so
that the vehicle is balanced.
Tire pressure
gauge
LS72003
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the tire valve cap.
2. Press the tip of the tire pressure
gauge to the tire valve.
3. Read the pressure using the graduations of the gauge.
4. In case the tire inflation pressure
is not within the prescribed range,
insert the compressed air from the
valve. In case of applying too
much air, press the center of the
valve and release the air to adjust.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
367
06 01.06
5. After completing the tire inflation
pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the
valve and check for leakage.
6. Install the tire valve cap.
If a gauge and air pump are not available, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
Be sure to reinstall the tire valve
caps. Without the valve caps, dirt
or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.
If the caps have been lost, have
new ones put on as soon as possible.
Incorrect tire inflation pressure may
waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driving, reduce tire life and make your vehicle less safe to drive.
If a tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
368
CAUTION
Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and cause an accident resulting in death or serious injuries.
Low tire pressure (underinflation)—
Excessive wear
Uneven wear
Poor handling
Possibility of blowouts from an
overheated tire
Poor sealing of the tire bead
Wheel deformation and/or tire
separation
A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards
High tire pressure (overinflation)—
Poor handling
Excessive wear
Uneven wear
A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Checking and replacing tires
Tread wear indicator
CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tire’s tread for tread
wear indicators. If the indicators
show, replace the tires. The location of tread wear indicators is
shown by the “TWI” or “∆ ” marks,
etc., molded on the sidewall of
each tire.
The tires on your Toyota have built- in
tread wear indicators to help you
know when the tires need replacement. When the tread depth wears to
1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If you can see the
indicators in two or more adjacent
grooves, the tire should be replaced.
The lower the tread, the higher the
risk of skidding.
The effectiveness of snow tires is
lost if the tread wears down below
4 mm (0.16 in.).
If you have tire damage such as
cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, or bulges indicating internal damage, the tire
should be replaced.
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be
properly repaired due to the size or
location of a cut or other damage, it
should be replaced. If you are not
sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
If air loss occurs while driving, do not
continue driving. Driving even a short
distance can damage a tire beyond
repair.
Any tires which are over 6 years
old must be checked by a qualified
technician even if damage is not
obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This applies also to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
369
06 01.06
REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use a tire of
the same size and construction,
and the same or greater maximum
load as the originally installed
tires. Also, on four- wheel drive
models, all the tires must be the
same brand and have the same
tread patterns.
Using any other size or type of tire
may seriously affect handling, ride,
speedometer/odometer calibration,
ground clearance, and clearance between the body and tires or snow
chains.
Check that the maximum load of the
replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the
Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)
of either the front axle or the rear
axle, whichever is greater. As for the
maximum load of the tire, see the load
limit at maximum cold tire inflation
pressure mentioned on the sidewall
of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle
Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Certification Label.
370
For details about the sidewall of the
tire and the Certification Label, see
“Tire information” on page 285 in Section 2 and “Your Toyota’s identification” on page 282 in Section 2.
CAUTION
Observe the following instructions. Otherwise, an accident
may occur resulting in death or
serious injuries.
Do not mix radial, bias belted,
or bias- ply tires on your vehicle, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.
Do not use tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended
size, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics
resulting in loss of control.
Four- wheel drive models:
Do not use tires of different
brands, sizes, construction or
tread patterns, as this may
cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in
loss of control.
Toyota recommends all four tires,
or at least both of the front or rear
tires be replaced at a time as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” on page
321 in Section 4 for tire change procedure.
When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Wheels
can get out of balance with regular
use and should therefore be balanced
occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the
air valve should also be replaced
with a new one.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Rotating tires
The tire pressure warning system
must be initialized when the
specified tire inflation pressure is
changed due to tire replacement.
See “Tire pressure warning
system” on page 192 in Section
1- 7.
LS72010
LS72012
NOTICE
When the tires must be repaired or replaced, have them
repaired or replaced by the
nearest Toyota dealer or authorized tire dealer. Failure to
do so may cause the tire
pressure sensors to be damaged when the tires are removed or installed.
Remove the air pressure sensors before replacing the
tires to prevent the sensors
from being damaged.
With a spare tire of the same
wheel type as the installed tires
With a spare tire of different
wheel type from the installed
tires
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
371
06 01.06
Installing snow tires and
chains
To equalize the wear and help
extend
tire
life,
Toyota
recommends that you rotate your
tires according to the maintenance
schedule.
(For
scheduled
maintenance information, please
refer
to
the
“Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.) However,
the most appropriate timing for tire
rotation may vary according to
your driving habits and road
surface conditions.
See “If you have a flat tire” on page
321 in Section 4 for tire change procedure.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof- balance wheels, or severe braking.
The tire pressure warning system
must be initialized when the
specified tire inflation pressure is
changed due to tire rotation. See
“Tire pressure warning system” on
page 192 in Section 1- 7.
WHEN TO
CHAINS
USE
SNOW
TIRES
OR
Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.
SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select tires of
the same size, construction and load
capacity as the originally installed tires.
Also, on four- wheel drive models, all
the tires must be the same brand and
have the same tread patterns.
Do not use tires other than those mentioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.
CAUTION
Observe the following instructions.
Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.
Do not use snow tires other than
the manufacturer’s recommended size, as this may cause dangerous
handling characteristics resulting in
loss of control.
372
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Four- wheel drive models:
Do not use snow tires of different
brands, sizes, construction or tread
patterns, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Side chain
G72017
Cross chain
SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION
Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.
Installing snow tires on the rear wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.
TIRE CHAIN SELECTION
Use the tire chains of correct size.
Use the following type chains.
Mark the direction of rotation and be sure
to install them in the same direction when
replacing.
A Diameter of side chain:
B Diameter of cross chain:
Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.
Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.
When installing chains on your tires, carefully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.
When storing removed tires, you should
store them in a cool dry place.
CAUTION
Install the chains on the rear tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the front tires. Retighten
chains
after
driving
0.5—1.0
km
(1/4—1/2 mile).
mm (in.)
5.0 (0.20)
6.3 (0.25)
Regulations regarding the use of tire
chains vary according to location or
type of road, so always check local regulations before installing chains.
NOTICE
If the wrong combination of tire and
chain is used, the chains could damage the vehicle body.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
373
06 01.06
Replacing wheels
CAUTION
Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or
the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
Drive
carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.
Avoid sharp turns or locked- wheel
braking, as use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.
When driving with chains installed,
be sure to drive carefully. Slow
down before entering curves to
avoid losing control of the vehicle.
Otherwise an accident may occur.
NOTICE
Snow tires or chains may affect the
tire pressure warning system. See
“Tire pressure warning system” on
page 192 in Section 1- 7.
374
WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
loss of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are replaced by ones with the same load capacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.
Replacement with used wheels is not recommended as they may have been subjected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.
CAUTION
Observe the following instructions.
Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.
Do not use wheels other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size,
as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in
loss of control.
Four- wheel drive models:
Do not use
brands, sizes
may cause
characteristics
control.
wheels of different
and types, as this
dangerous handling
resulting in loss of
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
The tire pressure warning system must
be initialized when the specified tire
inflation pressure is changed due to
wheel replacement. See “Tire pressure
warning system” on page 192 in
Section 1- 7.
NOTICE
The use of non- genuine wheels will
cause the air pressure sensors to
transmit the electronic code in different manner, resulting in the system
failure.
Aluminum wheel precautions
When installing aluminum wheels,
check that the wheel nuts are tight
after driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles).
If
you have
changed your
wheel nuts are
1600 km (1000
rotated, repaired, or
tires, check that the
still tight after driving
miles).
When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.
Use
only Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for your aluminum
wheels.
When balancing your wheels, use only
Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.
As with any wheel, periodically check
your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
375
06 01.06
376
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
7- 3
DO- IT- YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
378
379
380
381
382
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
377
06 04.25
Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.
Do not cause a spark from the battery with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.
The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.
Never ingest electrolyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when
—Checking battery exterior
If electrolyte gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
there is a possibility of its soaking
through to your skin, so immediately take off the exposed clothing and
follow the procedure above, if necessary.
If you accidentally swallow electrolyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emergency help.
Terminals
Ground cable
LS73001a
Hold- down
clamp
Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
hold- down clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and baking soda. Coat the outside of the terminals with grease to prevent further corrosion.
working near the battery.
Keep children away from the battery.
EMERGENCY MEASURES
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
If electrolyte gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medical office.
c. Tighten the hold- down clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.
378
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Checking battery fluid
NOTICE
Be sure the engine and all accessories are off before performing maintenance.
When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“- ” mark) first and reinstall it last.
Battery recharging precautions
During recharging, the battery is producing hydrogen gas.
Type A
Green
Dark
Clear or
light yellow
Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
Type B
Blue
White
2. Be sure the power switch on the recharger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.
Red
Be careful not to cause a short circuit with tools.
Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.
CAUTION
Always charge the battery in an un-
CHECKING BY INDICATOR
Check the battery condition by the indicator color.
Indicator color
Condition
Only do a slow charge (5 A or
Type A
Type B
Green
Blue
Good
White
Charging necessary.
Have battery checked
by your Toyota
dealer.
Dark
Clear or
light
yellow
Red
confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventilation.
Have battery checked
by your Toyota
dealer.
less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may explode, causing personal injuries.
NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
379
06 04.25
Checking and replacing fuses
LS73002
Good
LS73024
LS73004a
Brown
Good
Brown
Type C
Type A
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
See “Fuse locations” on page 354 in Section 7- 1 for locations of the fuses.
LS73003
Good
Type B
Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull the suspected fuse
straight out and check it.
LS73023
Good
Brown
Brown
Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
page 401 in Section 8 for the functions
controlled by each circuit.
Type D
380
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Adding washer fluid
Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
pull- out tool. The location of the pull- out
tool is shown in the illustration.
If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Only install a fuse with the amperage rating designated on the fuse box lid.
If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “A/C”
fuse, which may be dispensable for normal driving, and use it if its amperage
rating is the same.
If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical system. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher amperage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause extensive damage and possibly a fire.
Make sure that the fuse box lid has been
closed securely after closing it.
If any washer does not work, the washer tank may be empty. Add washer
fluid.
You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where temperatures range below the freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.
If you cannot use one of the same amperage, use one that is lower, but as close
to the rating as possible. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your vehicle for emergencies.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
381
06 04.25
Replacing light bulbs—
The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
replace the light bulbs while they
are hot.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
The inside of the lens of exterior lights
such as headlights may temporarily fog up
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
in a car wash. This is not a problem
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside
and inside of the lens, just like the
windshield fogs up in the rain. However, if
there is a large drop of water on the
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your
Toyota dealer.
inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.
NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.
Bulb
No.
W
Type
Headlights (high
and low beam)
—
60/55
A
Front fog lights
9145
42
B
—
5
D
Front turn signal
lights
4157
NAK
27/8
D
Rear turn signal
lights
3157A
27/8
D
Stop/tail and rear
side marker lights
3157
27/8
C
Back- up lights
921
18
C
License plate
lights
168
5
C
High mounted
stoplight
168
5
C
—
5
E
168
5
C
Light bulbs
Parking and front
side marker lights
Interior light
Personal lights
382
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Headlights
A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
HB2 halogen bulbs
H10 halogen bulbs
Wedge base bulbs (clear)
Wedge base bulbs (amber)
Double end bulbs
LS73005
LS73006
1. Open the hood. Unplug the connector. Remove the rubber cover.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.
2. Release the bulb retaining spring
and remove the bulb. Install a new
bulb and the bulb retaining spring.
To install a bulb, align the tabs of the
bulb with the cutouts of the mounting
hole.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
383
06 04.25
—Front fog lights
LS73007
3. Install the rubber cover as shown
and fit it securely on the boss. Then
plug in the connector.
LS73020
LS73021
1. Turn the bulb base counterclockwise
and remove it.
2. Pull the bulb out of the base. Install
a new bulb.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.
Make sure the rubber cover fits securely
on the bulb base and the mounting body.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
384
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Parking and front side
marker lights
LS73022
—Front turn signal lights
LS73008
LS73010
LS73009
LS73011
3. Install the bulb base into the mounting hole by turning it clockwise.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
385
06 04.25
—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,
rear side marker and back- up
lights
LS73012
Remove the bolts.
—License plate lights
LS73014
LS73015
a: Rear turn signal light
b: Stop/tail and rear side marker light
c: Back- up light
LS73013
Use a Phillips- head screwdriver.
LS73016
386
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—High mounted stoplight
LS73017
LS73018a
LS73019
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
387
06 04.25
388
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
SECTION
8
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle capacity weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
390
392
395
395
395
396
400
401
389
06 01.06
Dimensions
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
Regular cab models
mm (in.)
Access cab models
Overall length
4835 (190.4)
5285 (208.1)
Overall width
1835 (72.2)
Overall height∗2
1670 (65.8)
1835
1880
1670
1655
Wheelbase
2780 (109.4)
3230 (127.2)
Front tread
1550 (61.0)
1550 (61.0)
1580 (62.2)∗1
Rear tread
1550 (61.0)
1550 (61.0)
1580 (62.2)∗1
∗1 :
∗2 :
390
(72.2)
(74.0)∗1
(65.8)
(65.2)∗1
With P255/45R18
Unladen vehicle
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Four- wheel drive models and PreRunner
Regular cab models
mm (in.)
Access cab models
Double cab models
Short deck
Long deck
Overall length
4835 (190.4)
5285 (208.1)
5285 (208.1)
5620 (221.3)
Overall width
1895 (74.6)
1895 (74.6)
1895 (74.6)
1895 (74.6)
1775 (69.9)
1775 (69.9)
1780 (70.1)
1780 (70.1)
Wheelbase
2795 (110.0)
3245 (127.8)
3245 (127.8)
3580 (140.9)
Front tread
1600 (63.0)
1600 (63.0)
1600 (63.0)
1600 (63.0)
Rear tread
1610 (63.4)
1610 (63.4)
1610 (63.4)
1610 (63.4)
Overall
∗1 :
height∗1
Unladen vehicle
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
391
06 01.06
Vehicle capacity weight
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
Cab type
Regular cab
Access cab
∗1 :
∗2 :
392
kg (lb.)
Engine
Deck type
Vehicle capacity weight∗1,2
2TR- FE
Long deck
567 (1250)
2TR- FE
Long deck
567 (1250)
1GR- FE
Long deck
386
(850)
Maximum vehicle capacity weight including weight of driver, passengers and cargo.
Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle
capacity weight. Contact your Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
PreRunner
Cab type
Regular cab
Access cab
Double cab
∗1 :
∗2 :
kg (lb.)
Engine
Deck type
Vehicle capacity weight∗1,2
2TR- FE
Long deck
590 (1300)
2TR- FE
Long deck
590 (1300)
1GR- FE
Long deck
590 (1300)
Short deck
590 (1300)
Long deck
590 (1300)
1GR- FE
Maximum vehicle capacity weight including weight of driver, passengers and cargo.
Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle
capacity weight. Contact your Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
393
06 01.06
Four- wheel drive models
Cab type
Regular cab
Access cab
Double cab
∗1 :
∗2 :
394
kg (lb.)
Engine
Deck type
Vehicle capacity weight∗1,2
2TR- FE
Long deck
590 (1300)
2TR- FE
Long deck
590 (1300)
1GR- FE
Long deck
547 (1205)
Short deck
544 (1200)
Long deck
522 (1150)
1GR- FE
Maximum vehicle capacity weight including weight of driver, passengers and cargo.
Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle
capacity weight. Contact your Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Towing capacity∗
Without towing package
1587 kg (3500 lb.)
With towing package
2948 kg (6500 lb.)
∗ : Trailer weight + cargo weight
Engine
Fuel
Model:
2.7 L 4- cylinder (2TR- FE) and 4.0 L V6
(1GR- FE)
Fuel type:
2TR- FE engine—
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher
Type:
2TR- FE engine
4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline
1GR- FE engine
6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
2TR- FE engine
95.0 95.0 (3.74 3.74)
1GR- FE engine
94.0 95.0 (3.70 3.74)
1GR- FE engine—
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number91) or higher. For improved vehicle performance,
use premium unleaded gasoline with
an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher
Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
80 (21.1, 17.6)
Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):
2TR- FE engine
2694 (164.3)
1GR- FE engine
3956 (241.4)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
395
06 01.06
Service specifications
ENGINE
ENGINE LUBRICATION
Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
Oil capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
2TR- FE engine
Automatic adjustment
1GR- FE engine
Intake
0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust
0.29—0.39 (0.011—0.015)
Spark plug type:
2TR- FE engine
DENSO
NGK
SK20HR11
ILFR6C11
1GR- FE engine
DENSO
NGK
K20HR- U11
LFR6C11
Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
1.1 (0.043)
2TR- FE engine
With filter
Without filter
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 5W- 30
5.8 (6.1, 5.1)
5.1 (5.4, 4.5)
1GR- FE engine
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
With filter
4.5 (4.8, 4.0)
Without filter
4.2 (4.4, 3.7)
Four- wheel
PreRunner
With filter
Without filter
drive
models
and
5.2 (5.5, 4.6)
4.9 (5.2, 4.3)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Outside temperature
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Oil grade:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
396
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
COOLING SYSTEM
BATTERY
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (4- speed)
Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Open voltage∗ at 20°C (68°F):
12.6—12.8 V
Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V
Half charged
11.8—12.0 V
Discharged
Fluid capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Up to 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)
With manual transmission
2TR- FE engine
8.7 (9.1, 7.6)
1GR- FE engine
9.7 (10.3, 8.5)
With automatic transmission
2TR- FE engine
8.6 (9.1, 7.6)
1GR- FE engine
9.6 (10.1, 8.5)
Coolant type:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is
used in your Toyota vehicle at factory
fill. In order to avoid technical problems,
only use “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non- silicate, non- amine,
non- nitrite, and non- borate coolant with
long- life hybrid organic acid technology.
(Coolant with long- life hybrid organic
acid technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)
∗:
Voltage that is checked 20 minutes
after the key is removed with all the
lights turned off
Charging rates:
5 A max.
CLUTCH
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
5—15 (0.2—0.6)
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
2TR- FE engine
Two- wheel drive models
Do not use plain water alone.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details.
2.6 (2.7, 2.3)
Four- wheel drive models
2.2 (2.3, 1.9)
1GR- FE engine
1.8 (1.9, 1.6)
Oil type:
Gear Oil API GL-4 or GL-5
Fluid type:
Toyota Genuine ATF Type T- IV
Change automatic transmission fluid only
as necessary.
Generally, it is necessary to change
automatic transmission fluid only if your
vehicle is driven under one of the Special
Operating Conditions
listed
in your
“Scheduled
Maintenance
Guide”
or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. When
changing the automatic transmission fluid,
use only “Toyota Genuine ATF Type T- IV”
(ATF JWS3309 or NWS6500) to aid in
assuring optimum transmission performance.
Notice: Using automatic transmission
fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF
Type T- IV” may cause deterioration in
shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and
ultimately damage the automatic transmission of your vehicle.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W- 90
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
397
06 01.06
Recommended oil viscosity:
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (5- speed)
TRANSFER
Fluid capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Up to 3.0 (3.2, 2.6)
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1.0 (1.1, 0.9)
Front
SAE 75W- 90
Oil type:
Gear Oil API GL-4 or GL-5
Rear
Above
SAE
Below
SAE
Fluid type:
Toyota Genuine ATF Type WS
Change automatic transmission fluid only
as necessary.
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W- 90
DIFFERENTIAL
Generally, it is necessary to change
automatic transmission fluid only if your
vehicle is driven under one of the Special
Operating Conditions
listed
in your
“Scheduled
Maintenance
Guide”
or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. When
changing the automatic transmission fluid,
use only “Toyota Genuine ATF Type WS”
(ATF JWS3324 or NWS9638) to aid in
assuring optimum transmission performance.
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Notice: Using automatic transmission
fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF
Type WS” may cause deterioration in
shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and
ultimately damage the automatic transmission of your vehicle.
Oil type:
Without limited- slip differential
Hypoid gear oil API GL- 5
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
3.31 (3.5, 2.9)
Four- wheel drive models and PreRunner
Front (four- wheel drive models)
1.50 (1.6, 1.3)
Rear
2.80 (3.0, 2.5)
-18C (0F)
90
-18C (0F)
80W or 80W- 90
CHASSIS LUBRICATION
Front drive shaft thrust bushings:
Synthetic oil and lithium soap
chassis grease, NLGI No.1
Propeller shafts:
Spiders
Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI
No.2
Slide yokes
Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI
No.2 or Molybdenum- disulfide lithium
base chassis grease, NLGI No.2
With limited- slip differential
Hypoid gear oil for limited- slip differential API GL- 5
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
398
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
base
06 01.06
BRAKES
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with a pressure of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
when the engine is stopped and after depress the brake pedal several times,
mm (in.):
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
Without the vehicle stability control system
109 (4.3)
With the vehicle stability control system
89 (3.5)
Four- wheel drive models and PreRunner
Without the vehicle stability control system
105 (4.1)
With the vehicle stability control system
88 (3.4)
Lever type—when pulled with the force
of 200 N (20.4 kgf, 44.9 lbf)
7—10 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
STEERING
Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII
or III
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake adjustment:
Pedal type—when depressed with the
force of 300 N (30.6 kgf, 67.4 lbf)
7—10 clicks
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
399
06 01.06
Tires
Tire size, cold tire inflation pressure and wheel size:
Tire size
Cold tire inflation pressure
kPa (kgf/cm 2 or bar, psi)
Spare
S
are∗1
Wheel size
Front
Rear
P215/70R15 97S
200 (2.0, 29)
220 (2.2, 32)
220 (2.2, 32)
15 6J
15 6JJ
P245/75R16 109S
200 (2.0, 29)
200 (2.0, 29)
200 (2.0, 29)
16 7J
16 7JJ
P265/70R16 111T
200 (2.0, 29)
220 (2.2, 32)
220 (2.2, 32)
16 7JJ
P265/65R17 110S
200 (2.0, 29)
200 (2.0, 29)
200 (2.0, 29)
17 7 1/2JJ
P255/45R18 99V
240 (2.4, 35)
240 (2.4, 35)
240 (2.4, 35)
18 8JJ
∗1 :
If you affix the spare tire to a front position, please make sure to adjust the tire to the correct inflation pressure
as soon as possible.
For sustained high speeds above 160 km/h (100 mph), in countries where such speeds are permitted by law, add
the tire inflation pressure given below to the front tires and rear tires, but never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure molded on the tire sidewall.
Except P255/45R18
20 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm 2 , 0.2 bar, 3 psi)
P255/45R18
30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2 , 0.3 bar, 4 psi)
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):
113 (11.5, 85)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages 366 through 375, in Section 7- 2.
400
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Fuses
13. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A: Left- hand headlight (low beam), front fog lights
14. HEAD (HI RH) 10 A: Right- hand headlight (high beam)
LS80001
15. HEAD (HI LH) 10 A: Left- hand headlight (high beam), meter and gauge
LS80002
16. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, electronic throttle control
system
17. ALT- S 7.5 A: Charging system
18. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
Engine compartment
Instrument panel
Fuses (type A)
6. EFI NO.2 10A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
1. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system
2. FR FOG 15 A: Front fog lights
3. TOWING TAIL 30 A: Trailer lights (tail
lights)
4. STOP 10 A: Stop lights, high mounted
stop light, vehicle stability control system, anti- lock brake system, shift lock
system, multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection system, towing converter
5. OBD 7.5 A: On- board diagnosis system
7. TOWING BRK 30 A: Trailer brake controller
8. BATT CHG 30 A: Trailer sub battery
9. TOWING 30 A: Towing converter
10. TRN- HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights,
emergency flashers, meter and gauge
11. RADIO NO.2 30 A: Audio system
12. HEAD (LO RH) 10
headlight (low beam)
A:
Right- hand
19. HORN 10 A: Horn
20. A/F HEATER 15 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
21. ECU- B 7.5 A: Wireless remote control
system, air conditioning system, multiplex communication system, engine immobilizer system, meter and gauge,
clock, front passenger occupant classification system
22. DOME 7.5 A: Interior light, personal
lights
23. RADIO NO.1 10 A: Audio system
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
401
06 01.06
24. STA 7.5 A: Starting system, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, meter and
gauge, clutch start cancel switch
25. IGN 15 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system, engine immobilizer system,
anti- lock brake system, traction control
system, vehicle stability control system,
SRS airbag system, front passenger
occupant classification system
26. GAUGE 7.5 A: Meter and gauge,
emergency flashers, front passenger’s
seat belt warning system
27. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, license plate
lights, parking lights, multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, front fog lights, instrument panel light control, illuminations
31. IG1 NO.2 10 A: Anti- lock brake system, vehicle stability control system,
stop lights, charging system, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, air conditioning system, instrument panel light control, clutch start cancel switch, rear
differential lock system, power outlets,
tire pressure warning system
32. IG1 10 A: Back- up lights, air conditioning system, passenger airbag manual
on- off switch, shift lock system
33. P RR P/W 20 A: Rear passenger’s
power window (right side)
34. P FR P/W 20 A: Front passenger’s
power window
35. WSH 10 A: Wipers and washer
36. D RR P/W 20 A: Rear passenger’s
power window (left side)
28. ACC 7.5 A: Shift lock system, outside
rear view mirrors, audio system, power
outlets
37. 4WD 20 A: Four- wheel drive system,
rear differential lock system
29. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlets
38. WIP 30 A: Wipers and washer
30. DR LCK 20 A: Door lock system
Fuses (type B)
41. HEATER 50 A: “A/C”, air conditioning
system
42. ABS NO.1 50 A: Anti- lock brake system, vehicle stability control system
43. AM2 30 A: “IGN”, “GAUGE”, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
44. A/PUMP 50 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
45. ABS NO.2 30 A: Anti- lock brake system, vehicle stability control system
46. D FR P/W 30 A: Power windows
Fuses (type C)
47. AC SKT 100 A: Cigarette lighter, power outlets
Fuses (type D)
48. ALT 120 A (without towing package)/
140 A (with towing package): “AM1”,
“AC SKT”, “HEATER”, “FR FOG”,
“STOP”, “OBD”, “J/B”, “TOWING TAIL”,
“TOWING BRK”, “BATT CHG”
39. J/B 50 A: “TAIL”, “AC SKT”, “DR LCK”,
“D FR P/W”, “D RR P/W”, “P FR P/W”,
“P RR P/W”
40. AM1 50 A: “ACC”, “IG1”, “IG1 NO.2”,
“WIP”, “WSH”, “4WD”, “STA”
402
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
SECTION
9
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS AND CAMPER INFORMATION
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners and camper
information
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Camper information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
403
06 04.25
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in
addition to notifying Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll- free:
1- 800- 331- 4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy
campaign.
However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
Camper information—
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline
toll- free at 1- 800- 424- 9393 (or
366- 0123 in Washington, DC
area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.
Department of Transportation,
Washington, DC 20590. You can
also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
404
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulation issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
of
the
U.S.
Department
of
Transportation. It provides the purchasers
and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on truck- camper
loading. Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you
read this information.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Cargo weight rating and
proper matching
—Center of gravity location
Recommended
location
for cargo center of gravity for cargo weight rating
mm (in.)
Rear end of
truck bed
LS90001
Regular cab
models
A
B
1267
(49.9)
917
(36.1)
1267
(49.9)
917
(36.1)
—
—
Access cab models
Except X- Runner
X- Runner∗
∗:
LS90003a
Recommended center of
gravity location zone
Double cab models
The figures given in the illustration indicate the recommended center of gravity
zone.
Camper center of gravity
With short deck
1157
(45.6)
807
(31.8)
With long deck
911
(35.9)
706
(27.8)
Truck- campers cannot be used with
the X- Runner since it is not designed
for them.
Cargo weight rating
Regular cab models
2 people, 2TR- FE engine, 2WD except
PreRunner
430 kg (950 lb.)
3 people, 2TR- FE engine, 2WD except
PreRunner
362 kg (800 lb.)
CAUTION
If a load is too far back, it can cause
dangerous handling. If it is too far
forward, the front axle may be overloaded.
2 people, 2TR- FE engine, PreRunner
453 kg (1000 lb.)
3 people, 2TR- FE engine, PreRunner
385 kg (850 lb.)
2 people, 2TR- FE engine, 4WD
453 kg (1000 lb.)
3 people, 2TR- FE engine, 4WD
385 kg (850 lb.)
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
405
06 04.25
Access cab models
2 people, 2TR- FE engine, 2WD except
PreRunner
430 kg (950 lb.)
4 people, 2TR- FE engine, 2WD except
PreRunner
294 kg (650 lb.)
2 people, 1GR- FE engine, 4WD
408 kg (900 lb.)
5 people, 1GR- FE engine, 4WD
204 kg (450 lb.)
Double cab models with long deck
2 people, 1GR- FE engine, PreRunner
453 kg (1000 lb.)
2 people, 2TR- FE engine, PreRunner
453 kg (1000 lb.)
5 people, 1GR- FE engine, PreRunner
249 kg (550 lb.)
4 people, 2TR- FE engine, PreRunner
317 kg (700 lb.)
2 people, 1GR- FE engine, 4WD
385 kg (850 lb.)
2 people, 1GR- FE engine, PreRunner
453 kg (1000 lb.)
5 people, 1GR- FE engine, 4WD
181 kg (400 lb.)
When the truck is used to carry a slide- in
camper, the total cargo load of the truck
consists of the manufacturer’s camper
weight figure, the weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in
the manufacturer’s camper weight figure,
the weight of camper cargo, and the
weight of passengers in the camper.
The total cargo load should not exceed
the truck’s cargo weight rating and the
camper’s center of gravity should fall within the truck’s recommended center of
gravity zone when installed.
4 people, 1GR- FE engine, PreRunner
317 kg (700 lb.)
CAUTION
2 people, 2TR- FE engine, 4WD
453 kg (1000 lb.)
Be careful—overloading can cause
dangerous braking and handling problems, and can damage your vehicle
and its tires.
4 people, 2TR- FE engine, 4WD
317 kg (700 lb.)
2 people, 1GR- FE engine, 4WD
410 kg (905 lb.)
4 people, 1GR- FE engine, 4WD
274 kg (605 lb.)
Double cab models with short deck
2 people, 1GR- FE engine, PreRunner
453 kg (1000 lb.)
5 people, 1GR- FE engine, PreRunner
249 kg (550 lb.)
406
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
—Gross axle and vehicle
weight ratings
Gross axle weight rating
GVWR
Gross vehicle weight rating
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
Regular cab models
2063 kg (4550 lb.)
LS90005
LS90007
Access cab models
2TR- FE engine
2199 kg (4850 lb.)
1GR- FE engine
2086 kg (4600 lb.)
Front GAWR
Rear GAWR
PreRunner
Not exceed GVWR
Secure loose items to prevent weight
shifts that could affect the balance of your
vehicle. When the truck camper is loaded,
drive to a scale and weigh on the front
and on the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads
should not exceed either of the Gross
Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of
the axle loads should not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
These ratings are given on the vehicle
certification label which is located on the
door latch post on the left side of the
vehicle. See “Your Toyota’s identification”
on page 282 in Section 2 for the Certification Label location. If weight ratings are
exceeded, move or remove items to bring
all weights below the ratings.
Regular cab models
GAWR
Two- wheel drive models except PreRunner
Front
1079 kg (2380 lb.)
Rear
1217 kg (2685 lb.)
Four- wheel drive models and PreRunner
Front
1249 kg (2755 lb.)
Rear
1410 kg (3110 lb.)
2268 kg (5000 lb.)
Access cab models
2381 kg (5250 lb.)
Double cab models
2426 kg (5350 lb.)
Four- wheel drive models
Regular cab models
2313 kg (5100 lb.)
Access cab models
2426 kg (5350 lb.)
Double cab models
2472 kg (5450 lb.)
If weight ratings are exceeded, move or
remove items to bring all weights below
the ratings.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
407
06 04.25
408
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 04.25
Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value- conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble- free motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. Your Toyota dealer will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, please call the following number:
U.S. OWNERS:
When traveling in the U.S. mainland or Canada:
Toyota Customer Experience Center
Toll- free:1- 800- 331- 4331
Hawaii:
Servco Automotive Customer Services
Toll- free:1- 888- 272- 5515
CANADIAN OWNERS:
When traveling in Canada or the U.S. mainland:
Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre
Toll- free:1- 888- TOYOTA- 8 or 1- 888- 869- 6828
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
Please access our websites for further information.
The U.S. mainland
www.toyota.com
Hawaii
Canada
www.toyotahawaii.com
www.toyota.ca

2006 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota
Motor Corporation.
i
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
fU−9
Quick index
If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on . . . . . . . . 151
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
If you cannot increase engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Tips for driving during break- in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO TAG
Gas station information
Fuel type:
1GR- FE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane
Number 91) or higher
For improved vehicle performance, use premium unleaded gasoline with an
Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher
2TR- FE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane
Number 91) or higher
See page 269 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
80 L (21.1 gal., 17.6 lmp. gal.)
Engine oil:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.
See page 360 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 366 through 375.
Tire inflation pressure: See page 400.
Publication No. OM35871U
Part No. 01999-35871
Printed in Japan 01- 0605- 00
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
I
06 04.25
Important information about this manual
Safety and vehicle damage warnings
Safety symbol
Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle damage warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:
CAUTION
This is a
injury to
informed
order to
others.
warning against anything which may cause
people if the warning is ignored. You are
about what you must or must not do in
reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
When you see the safety symbol
shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
happen”.
NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.
ii
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
Important information about your Toyota
The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help
reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. None of these systems, either individually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the
event of collision. However, the more you know about
these systems and how to use them properly, the greater
your chances become of surviving an accident without
death or serious injury.
Occupant restraint systems
Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to
read Section 1- 3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In
terms of helping you understand how you can receive the
maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this
vehicle provides, Section 1- 3 of this Owner’s Manual is
the most important Section for you and your family to
read.
Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of
the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear
seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be
secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for
their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,
and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes
for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing
the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of
the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.
Section 1- 3 describes the function and operation concerning seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint systems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you
should be aware of. These systems work together along
with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide
occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of
each system is enhanced when it is used properly and
together with other systems. No single occupant restraint
system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the
equal level of restraint which these systems can provide
when used together. That is why it is important for you and
your family to understand the purpose and proper use of
each of these systems and how they relate to each other.
iii
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with
tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS airbags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources
of serious injury if an occupant is too close to an airbag,
or if an object or some part of his or her body has been
placed between the occupant and the airbag at the time of
deployment. This is just one example of how the instructions in Section 1- 3 of this Owner’s Manual will help ensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, and
increase the safety they can provide to you and your family in the event of an accident.
Event data recorder
Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control certain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist in
driving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Besides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is a
system to record data in a crash or a near car crash
event. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).
The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a
crash or a near car crash event, this device may record
some or all of the following information:
Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section
1- 3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your time
of ownership of this vehicle.
Engine speed
Whether the brake pedal was applied or not
Vehicle speed
To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
Position of the transmission selector lever
Whether the driver and front passenger wore the
seat belts or not
Driver’s seat position
Front passenger’s occupant classification
iv
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
SRS airbag deployment data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a
third party except when:
SRS airbag system diagnostic data
An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leasing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained
If your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability control
(VSC) system, its Electronic Control Unit (ECU) may contain another EDR. There are a variety of driving situations
which include activating the VSC under which the VSC
EDR will record certain information. The VSC EDR may
record some or all of the following information:
Officially requested by the police or other authorities
Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit
Ordered by the court
However, if necessary Toyota will:
Behavior of the vehicle
Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety
performance
Steering wheel angle
Vehicle speed
Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing details of the vehicle owner, and only when it is deemed necessary
To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
To what extent the brake pedal was applied
Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identification information to a non- Toyota organization for
research purposes
To what extent the ECU controlled the condition of
the 4 wheels
vehicle stability control system diagnostic data
The information above is intended to be used for the purpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike general data recorders, the EDR does not record sound data
such as conversation between passengers.
v
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
Important health and safety
information about your Toyota
New vehicle warranty
Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
warranties:
CAUTION
New vehicle warranty
Emission control systems warranty
WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-
Others
ents, and a wide variety of automobile components contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. In addition,
oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as
well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm.
For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s
Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.
Your responsibility for
maintenance
Battery
posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your
hands after handling. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your skin by washing
thoroughly with soap and water.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of
these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section
6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
vi
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
Accessories, spare parts and
modification of your Toyota
Spark ignition system of your
Toyota
A wide variety of non- genuine spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or
replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or
adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference- Causing Equipment
Standard.
Installation of a mobile
two- way radio system
This vehicle should not be modified with non- genuine
Toyota products. Modification with non- genuine Toyota
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the
modification may not be covered under warranty.
As the installation of a mobile two- way radio system in
your vehicle could affect the following electronic systems,
be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary
measures or special instructions regarding installation.
Multiport fuel injection
fuel injection system
system/sequential multiport
SRS airbag system
Seat belt pretensioner system
vii
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
Traction control system
Tires and loading on your
Toyota
“AUTO LSD” system
Vehicle stability control system
Downhill assist control system
Underinflated or overinflated tire inflation pressure
and the excess load may result in the deterioration
of steering ability and braking ability, leading to
an accident. Check the tire inflation pressure
periodically and be sure to keep the load limits
given in this Owner’s Manual. For details about
tire inflation pressure and load limits, see
“Checking tire inflation pressure” on page 366 in
Section 7- 2 and “Vehicle load limits” on page 293
in Section 2.
Hill- start assist control system
(automatic transmission only)
Cruise control system
Anti- lock brake system
Electronic throttle control system
Tire pressure warning system
viii
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
Scrapping of your Toyota
On- pavement and off- road
driving tips
(four- wheel drive models and
PreRunner)
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
vehicle.
This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an
ordinary passenger car because it is also designed for
off- road use. It has a significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. In addition, this vehicle has a
higher ground clearance and center of gravity than that of
an ordinary passenger car. This vehicle design feature
causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss
of control, accidents or vehicle rollover causing death or
serious injury. Be sure to read “Off- road vehicle
precautions” on page 268 in Section 2 and “Off- road
driving precautions” on page 300 in Section 3.
ix
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 04.25
Leak detection pump
This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. This
check is done approximately five hours after the engine is
turned off. So you may hear sound coming from underneath the deck for several minutes. It does not indicate a
malfunction.
x
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35871U)
06 01.06
You should know as much about the quality and
importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
running order is to maintain it properly from
the moment you drive it off the showroom
floor.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
packed with literally everything you need to
know to perform your own maintenance in
virtually every area of your new vehicle.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
Maintenance procedures for the engine,
chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.
Periodic maintenance and tune−up
Periodic maintenance and tune− up helps to pre−
vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat−
er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main−
tenance is required and clearly explains how to do the
work yourself step− by− step.
Areas covered include such things as spark plug re−
placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil
and filter replacement.
Where to obtain the
Repair Manual
The repair manual for TOYOTA TACOMA may
be purchased from any Toyota dealer or the
Material Distribution Center. To purchase the
repair manual, please contact your Toyota deal−
er or call the Material Distribution Center toll−
free at 1− 800− 622− 2033.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
06 01.06
WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP
Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.
Toyota belts are:
Comfortable
Easy to use
Convenient
We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.
2006 TACOMA from Jan.’06 Prod. (OM35865U)
U
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Download PDF